19

GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREESOF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE

(EFFECTIVE FROM 2004)

1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS1.1 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations.1.2 The Senate reserves the right to alter, cancel, suspend or replace any of these

regulations.1.3 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall

not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by thestudent, except that where a student would not be able to complete a programme withinthe minimum period as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations that student will normallybe required to change to the subsequent set of regulations.

1.4 There shall be academic regulations for each Faculty, which must be approved by theSenate before implementation. The Senate has the power to exempt a student from anyof these regulations.

1.5 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations.

2. DEFINITION OF TERMSIn these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described:Academic year: means two complete semesters, as defined by these regulations, and

the intervening vacation period. Such year to commence on the dateset by the Senate for the commencement of the academic year forundergraduate degree programmes. The Senate may however, varythe date of commencement for an academic year in any programmeof study.

Assignment: means a written or practical exercise to be submitted by a student forassessment as a component of the continuous assessment requirementsfor a course as prescribed in the relevant programme regulations.

Attachment: means a period of time during which a student is assigned to a suitablegovernment, non-government, professional or other organisation,firm, other approved entity or to an individual for the purpose ofgaining practical skills or experience.

Core Course: means a compulsory course that must be passed in a given programme.Co-requisite course: means a course which must be taken before or at the same time as a

specified course.Course Unit: means the unit of measure used to calculate the weighting given to a

course in a specified programme in such a manner that the total of theweights of the courses in each semester shall be 60 course units.

Course: means a separately examinable component of a Subject.Credit: means the sum of the course units of the courses a student has passed

in a specified programme.

20

Dissertation: means a written report documenting and describing the researchprocess, findings and analysis of the findings of a project.

Levels of study: means the levels of study as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations.Major Subject: means a subject so designated within the Faculty Regulations for a

Programme.Minor Subject: means a subject so designated within the Faculty Regulations for a

Programme.Module: means a component of a course that may be assigned a weighting in

course units but is not separately examinablePlagiarism: means, the submission by a student of the work of another person as

his/her own, or the unattributed incorporation of all or part of the workof another person, either deliberately or negligently, into a workbeing produced for academic assessment and/or examination.

Practical Course: means a course in which a student is required to carry out practicalexercises under supervision.

Prerequisite course: means a course that must be passed before the specified course can beattempted.

Programme: means a plan of study which, on successful completion, leads to theaward of an undergraduate degree of the University.

Project: means research, a clinical investigation, design, artistic or practicalwork undertaken by a student, either as a course or part of a coursewhich may, depending on the academic regulations for the programmefor which she or he is registered, be presented in the form of adissertation or report, a script, musical or artistic composition orwork, a model, a design, a visual or oral recording, in an appropriatedigital or other electronic format, or in such form as may be designatedin the regulations for a specific programme of study.

Semester: means a specified period of time normally consisting of fifteen (15)weeks.

Subject: means a field of study within a Programme.

3. PROGRAMMES3.1 The University offers undergraduate programmes for Bachelors, Bachelors (Honours),

Intercalated (Honours) and Law, Medical and Veterinary degrees.3.2 Bachelors Degree Programmes

3.2.1 In a Bachelors degree programme a student shall register for either TWO majorsubjects or ONE major subject and at least ONE minor subject in accordancewith the provisions of the Faculty Regulations.

3.2.2 Bachelors degree programmes offered by the University are listed in ScheduleA1. This schedule may be amended from time to time by the Senate.

3.3 Bachelors Honours Degree Programmes3.3.1 In a Bachelors [Honours] degree programme a student shall register for at least

ONE major subject in accordance with the provisions of the Faculty Regulations.Where a faculty offers both Bachelor’s Degree and Bachelor’s (Honours)degree programmes, some of the courses in the Bachelor’s (Honours) degreeprogramme must be designated as honours courses in a given subject and shall

21

be taught and examined at a level requiring a greater breadth and depth ofknowledge and understanding than that expected of courses in the BachelorsDegree Programmes.

3.3.2 Bachelors (Honours) Degree programmes offered by the University are listedin Schedule A2. This schedule may be amended from time to time by theSenate.

3.4 Intercalated (Honours) Degree Programmes3.4.1 In an Intercalated (Honours) Degree programme a student, while registered for

another programme, may interrupt that programme for a period prescribed inthe relevant Faculty Regulations and register for an Intercalated (Honours)Degree Programme. The prescribed period for such programme will be at leastone year and during that time the student will pursue advanced study in asubject. After successful completion of the Intercalated (Honours) Degreeprogramme, the student will normally return and complete the mainstreamprogramme of study.

3.4.2 Intercalated (Honours) Degree programmes offered by the University are listedin Schedule A3. This schedule may be amended from time to time by theSenate.

3.5 Law, Medical and Veterinary Degrees3.5.1 A law, medical or veterinary degree programme shall be designed so as to take

into account the requirements for recognition and registration within therelevant profession.

3.5.2 Law, medical and veterinary degree programmes offered by the University arelisted in Schedule A4. This schedule may be amended from time to time by theSenate.

3.6 Each course shall be allocated a course code for use in computerized student records,such code shall be alpha/numeric:3.6.1 alphabetical codes being used to identify programmes and subjects;3.6.2 numerical codes being used to identify the individual course and the level of

that course;3.6.3 A schedule of courses and their codes shall be prepared and maintained by the

Deputy Registrar (Academic).

4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS4.1 Normal Entry

4.1.1 For normal entry a student must have -4.1.1.1 satisfied the general requirements under Scheme A or Scheme B as

prescribed below;4.1.1.2 satisfied the special requirements for entry into the particular

Programme chosen;4.1.1.3 passed English Language at Ordinary Level or the Use of English

Language examination or an approved equivalent as set by theUniversity in a special test or by another approved institution.

4.1.2 Scheme APasses in five subjects obtained at one or more of the examinations, listed in \r4.1.4 and \r 4.1.5, at the level or standard indicated of which at least two musthave been at Advanced Level.

22

4.1.3 Scheme BPasses in four subjects at one or more of the examinations, listed in \r \h 4.1.4and \r \h 4.1.5, of which at least three must have been taken at Advanced Level.

4.1.4 Recognised Ordinary Level Examinations• Zimbabwe School Examination Council (Zimsec) “O” Level• Ordinary Level of the Associated Examining Board’s General Certificate

of Education;• Credit standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher School Certificate;• Ordinary Level of the University of London’s General Certificate of

Education;• Subsidiary standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher School Certificate;• The Matriculation Certificate of the South African Joint Matriculation

Board (or approved equivalent).4.1.5 Recognised Advanced Level Examinations

• Zimbabwe School Examination Council (Zimsec) “A” Level• Advanced Level of the Associated Examining Board’s General Certificate

of Education;• Principal subject standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher School

Certificate;• Advanced Level of the University of London’s General Certificate of

Education.4.1.6 General Subject Provisions

In either Scheme A or Scheme B:• no subject can be counted at both Ordinary Level and Advanced Level; and• the subjects must have been chosen from the approved list in \r 4.1.7 and

restrictions against the combination of overlapping subjects, as stipulatedin \r 4.1.8, have been observed.

4.1.7 Approved subjects for admission purposes are:4.1.7.1 Subjects offered by the Zimsec and/or the Associated Examining

Board, and/or the Cambridge Local Examining Syndicate and/or theLondon General Certification of Education. These are listed in ScheduleB1.

4.1.7.2 Other Subjects and other Examining Boards may be accepted by theSenate on the recommendation of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).These shall be added after approval to Schedule B1.

4.1.8 Restrictions against the Combination of Overlapping SubjectsIn the selection of subjects for the purpose of satisfying the general requirementsunder Scheme A or Scheme B, the restrictions against the combination ofoverlapping subjects must be observed. These restrictions are listed in ScheduleB2.

4.1.9 Faculty RequirementsThere may be specific restrictions on the choice of Subjects under Scheme Aor Scheme B in the General Requirements and/or additional requirementsconcerning admission to a particular programme of study and/or for Subjects/Courses within that programme. Such additional requirements shall be prescribedin the Faculty Regulations.

23

4.2 Special Entry4.2.1 Persons may apply for Special Entry and for permission to proceed to a first

degree with exemption from the whole or part of the normal entry requirements,the list of these special criteria are listed in Schedule C1.

4.2.2 A student who qualifies under this regulation for Special Entry may apply tothe Senate to be exempted from certain courses and examinations. Such astudent may be required to attend interviews and/or sit special tests at theUniversity to determine his or her suitability for admission to the selectedprogramme.

4.3 Mature Entry4.3.1 This option is restricted to programmes in the Faculties of Arts, Commerce,

Education, Law and Social Studies.4.3.2 An applicant for mature entry must:

4.3.2.1 be at least 30 years of age on the first day of the academic year in whichadmission is sought;

4.3.2.2 not be eligible for entry under either the Normal or the Special EntryRegulations;

4.3.2.3 have passed at least five approved ‘O’ Level subjects includingEnglish Language or an approved equivalent;

4.3.2.4 have demonstrated potential suitability for University studies byvirtue of his/her attainments and/or relevant work experience.

4.3.2.5 normally have completed his/her full-time school or college educationat least five (5) years before the start of the academic year in whichadmission is sought.

4.3.3 An applicant who wishes to be considered under the Mature Entry provisionsmay be required to attend interviews and/or special tests at the Universitydesigned to assess their command of the English Language, numerate andreasoning ability and general suitability for admission to Bachelor’s degreestudies.

4.3.4 An applicant who has previously attended Mature Entry tests and/or interviewswithout success will not be considered for admission under this form of entryunless in the intervening period he/she has acquired relevant additionalqualifications and/or experience.

4.4 Accreditation and transfer from another institution of higher learning.4.4.1 A student from another recognised institution of higher learning may gain

transfer or accreditation of credits on the recommendation of the relevantDepartment(s) and Dean(s) and the Deputy Registrar (Academic).

4.4.2 On so recommending admission under \r 4.4, the Department(s) and Dean(s)shall determine4.4.2.1 the courses in the given programme the student will be exempted;4.4.2.2 courses for which the student must register;4.4.2.3 how the degree for the particular student will be classified on successful

completion of the programme.4.4.3 Admission of a student under Regulation \r 4.4 shall require prior approval by

the Academic Committee on behalf of the Senate.

24

4.5 Submission of Applications4.5.1 Applications must be submitted on the official Admission form.4.5.2 The closing dates for receipt of application forms shall be advertised in the

Press.4.5.3 Late applications may be considered upon payment of the prescribed late-

application fee.4.6 General Provisions

4.6.1 Prior to admission to a programme, a student must complete the registrationformalities of the University.

4.6.2 A student may not register simultaneously for more than one Programme at theUniversity without the permission of the Senate.

4.6.3 A student registered on a full-time programme at the University is deemed tobe in full-time attendance at the University.

4.6.4 Registration will take place in accordance with the arrangements prescribedeach year through the Deputy Registrar (Academic).

4.6.5 Normally no student shall be admitted to a course more than two weeks afterits commencement. An exception to this regulation must have the writtenendorsement of the Chairperson(s) of the Department(s) and the Dean(s) of theFaculties concerned and will be subject to approval through the DeputyRegistrar (Academic).

4.6.6 A student’s registration shall not be confirmed until he/she has fulfilled therequirements for the payment of fees.

4.6.7 The University reserves the right to cancel a student’s registration in a givenprogramme if fewer than five (5) students are registered for that Programme.

4.6.8 A student registered for a course is expected to attend all classes prescribed forthat course. Where tutorials, seminars, fieldwork, vacation work, practicalsessions and other activities are prescribed a student is required to attend andto complete all assignments set.

4.6.9 A student who enters or returns to the University late shall not be entitled tospecial tuition. Such a student shall be liable to pay the late registration fine,unless the Deputy Registrar (Academic) has given permission for such lateregistration.

4.6.10 A student who is unable to attend classes for valid reasons for longer than 72hours must notify the appropriate Faculty Office of the facts as soon as possibleand submit certification in support thereof. A medical certificate will only beaccepted from a medical practitioner registered in accordance with the HealthProfessions Acts. Where possible a student should seek permission from theDean on the recommendation of the Chairperson(s) of Department(s) concernedprior to such absence.

5. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES5.1 A degree programme shall consist of a prescribed minimum number of course units to

be taken at each of the specified levels of study in accordance with the FacultyRegulations.

5.2 The possible combination of courses within a programme shall be in accordance withthe Faculty Regulations. A student’s selection of courses shall be subject to approvalby the Departmental Board(s) and the Dean(s) concerned.

25

5.3 Faculty Regulations may prescribe the criteria designating a major subject or a minorsubject.

5.4 Detailed syllabus for courses will not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations,but shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for approval when a new course orprogramme is first introduced. Subsequent amendments to such syllabus shall besubmitted to the appropriate Faculty Board(s) for approval.

5.5 Faculty Regulations shall stipulate the maximum number of course units per semesterthat a student may take in a given programme.

5.6 The minimum duration and the permissible maximum duration of each programme,whether full-time or part-time, shall be prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. Normally,a student who postpones completion of a programme shall not retain credit for thecourses previously passed if the student fails to resume studies within a period of sixconsecutive semesters.

5.7 A student registered for courses with a total weight of forty or more course units in asemester shall be deemed to be a full-time student. A student registered for courses witha total weight of less than forty course units in a semester shall be deemed to be a part-time student.

5.8 At least one of the courses in a Bachelors (Honours) degree programme must be aproject, which shall normally be taken in the final year of study.

5.9 A student registered for a Bachelor’s (Honours) programme may take some approvedcourses from other programmes.

For purposes of classifying the student’s degree at least 60% of the final overall mark mustbe derived from honours courses.

6. EXAMINATIONS6.1 The end of course examination shall normally be at the end of the semester in which

the teaching of the course is completed.6.2 External Examiners will normally be appointed to moderate end of course examination

question papers. If visiting, the external examiner shall moderate the examinationmarks in all courses taught in that semester.

6.3 All matters relating to the conduct of end of course examinations shall be theresponsibility of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).

6.4 To be admitted to an end of course examination, a student must be registered for thatcourse and as a student of the University in accordance with these regulations.

6.5 The Examiners may require a student to attend a viva voce examination and/or writea special examination.

6.6 Where a project or dissertation is prescribed as a course in a programme, students shallbe informed in advance of the deadline for submission of the project report. A studentwho fails to meet this deadline shall normally fail the project or dissertation unless theAcademic Committee has granted prior permission for an extension of this deadline.In such cases, on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners, the student may bepermitted to submit the project report or dissertation at a later date, normally within 3months after publication of results.

6.7 A student who fails to attend a scheduled examination without a valid and verifiedreason shall be awarded a mark of zero for that examination.

6.8 Misconduct by a student during an examination may lead to disciplinary action againstthe student.

26

7. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES7.1 Unless approved otherwise by the Senate, a single overall mark shall be submitted for

each course on a student’s profile of marks as stipulated in \r 8.1.3.1.7.2 Normally, assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and end of course

examinations. Unless otherwise approved by Senate, continuous assessment will countfor between 20% and 33% of the overall mark as determined at the beginning of thecourse by the examiners concerned.

7.3 Each Department shall determine which items of coursework will be included in thecontinuous assessment and shall define the relative weighting assigned to each item ofthe coursework. Each Department shall inform the students of these details at thebeginning of the course and shall maintain written records of each student’s performancein these elements of continuous assessment. Items incorporated in the continuousassessment may include assignments, tests, essays, practicals, field work and projects.

7.4 In assessing course marks, the Departmental Panel of Examiners and the Faculty Boardof Examiners shall have regard to all special requirements as prescribed in the FacultyRegulations.

7.5 If in a given course the Faculty Regulations require that a student passes each of thecomponents separately and a student is unsuccessful in one or more of the components,the overall mark for the student for that course shall be 48% or the mark obtained,whichever is the lesser.

7.6 For a project undertaken by a team of two or more students, each member of the teamshall be required to write an individual project report independently. The assessmentof the project course shall be based solely on the individual student’s report.

7.7 The following marking scheme and designations shall be adopted for all courses

Mark attained Grade75% - 100% 165% - 74% 2.160% - 64% 2.250% - 59% 3Below 50% (Fail) F

7.8 The result of a course for each student shall be designated by an appropriate symbolfrom the following list:P means that the student has passed that course;F means that the student has failed that course;T means that, due to verified extenuating circumstances accepted by the Senete

the student is allowed to sit a special examination in the course, in accordancewith Regulation 9.9;

R means that, having failed the course, the student must repeat the course or takeanother approved course in accordance with the Faculty Regulations;

N means that the final decision on the course is still pending;U means that the student did not study the course for which he/she was registered

and is therefore presumed to have withdrawn from the course;W means the student failed the course and has been required to withdraw from the

University;

27

8. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS8.1 Departmental Panel of Examiners

8.1.1 There shall be for every department a Departmental Panel of Examiners whichshall consist of all full-time lecturing staff in that Department and the ExternalExaminer(s). The Departmental Board may invite part-time lecturers and otherpersons involved in the teaching of the courses being examined.

8.1.2 The Chairperson of the Department is the Chief Examiner for all the examinationsset by the Department and shall preside over the Departmental Panel ofExaminers.

8.1.3 The Departmental Panel of Examiners shall:8.1.3.1 agree for each course and for each student a mark expressed as a

percentage for continuous assessment for the end of course examinationand an overall mark combining the continuous assessment and the endof course examination mark;

8.1.3.2 recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners whether a studentshould pass or fail that course;

8.1.3.3 where course prizes are available for award make recommendationsfor their award.

8.2 Processing of marks by Departments8.2.1 After confirmation of the marks for each course at a meeting of the Departmental

Panel of Examiners, it shall be the responsibility of the Chairperson of theDepartment to ensure that the agreed marks for each course and each studentare entered into the University’s central examinations database.

8.2.2 Each Department shall submit to the Faculty Office duly signed hard copyschedules of the course marks indicating the continuous assessment mark, theend of course examination mark and the overall mark. All such marks must beexpressed as percentages.

8.2.3 Each Department shall keep appropriate records of all the marks processed.8.3 Faculty Board of Examiners (to be redrafted)8.4 There shall be a Faculty Board of Examiners which shall consist of the Dean and

Deputy Dean of the Faculty, the Chairperson of each Department and the ExternalExaminer(s) for the Department plus normally one other academic member of theDepartment nominated by the Departmental Panel from each Department involved inthe Subjects for that examination.8.4.1 The Chairperson of the Board of Examiners shall normally be the Dean of the

Faculty who shall have a casting vote.8.4.2 The Faculty Board of Examiners shall:

8.4.2.1 consider the recommendations of the Departmental Panels of Examinersand recommend to Senate an overall result for each student;

8.4.2.2 Make recommendations to the Senate with regard to the award of anyprizes that may be available for students within each programme.

8.5 After determining the results of all the students in accordance with Regulation 9 theDean of the Faculty shall present the results to the Academic Committee.

8.6 The Faculty Office shall keep proper records of all the mark schedules considered bythe Faculty Board of Examiners.

28

9. DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS9.1 The examination results of a student shall be determined in accordance with the

Scheme of Examination as prescribed in the relevant Faculty Regulations.9.2 Each Scheme of Examination shall indicate the courses that must be passed for a

student to successfully complete the portion of the programme that is being examined.Additionally, each scheme of Examination shall indicate the maximum and minimumnumber of applicable courses and course units and designate prerequisites required persemester/academic year.

9.3 The overall result for each student will normally be any one of the following:GRADUATEPASS: PROCEEDINCOMPLETE: PROCEEDINCOMPLETE: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSESINCOMPLETE: PENDINGINCOMPLETE: WRITE EXAMINATION AS A FIRST ATTEMPTWITHDRAWPRESUMED WITHDRAWN

9.4 GRADUATE means a student registered for a given programme has fulfilled all therequirements for the award of the degree.

9.5 PASS PROCEED means a student is eligible to register for further courses inaccordance with the Faculty Regulations.

9.6 INCOMPLETE: PROCEED means a student, having failed some courses, is allowedto repeat the failed courses and may register for further courses in accordance withFaculty Regulations.

9.7 INCOMPLETE: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES means a student is noallowed, in accordance with Faculty regulations, to register for higher level courses inthe programme being undertaken.

9.8 INCOMPLETE: PENDING means that the profile of results for the student isincomplete and no final decision can be made at that point in time.

9.9 INCOMPLETE: WRITE EXAMINATION (S) AS FIRST ATTEMPT means that, forvalid reasons supported by appropriate documentary evidence, and as determined bythe Senate, a student failed to write or complete an examination at the scheduled time.In this case the student shall normally write the missed examination at the subsequentexamination session. A student who fails to write the rescheduled examination shallrepeat the course when next offered. Application for first sitting must be made prior topublication of the results and must be made in accordance with the requirements speltout in Schedule D1.

9.10 WITHDRAW means that a student will not be allowed to register for any course orprogramme at the University until after a period of four consecutive semesters haselapsed. This measure will normally be taken if a student at the end of an academic yearof her/his programme, other than the first, has an accumulated credit of less than 60times the number of academic years she or he has been registered for that programme.

9.11 PRESUMED WITHDRAWN means that a student was registered for a given programmebut has not attended any class sessions nor submitted any written work for assessmentand has not presented himself/herself for the end of course examinations for thesemester under consideration.

9.12 Normally a student shall retain credit for all previously passed courses.9.13 The final authority in the determination of the examination results rests with the Senate.

29

10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE10.1 The requirements for the award of a degree shall be stipulated in the Faculty

Regulations. The Faculty Regulations shall specify how the final overall mark for theprogramme shall be computed for the purposes of classifying the degree.

10.2 All Bachelors degrees, except the MBChB, BDS and BVSc degrees, shall be classifiedin the following divisions, using the indicated designations and mark scheme:

First Division (1) 75%–100%Upper Second Division (2.1) 65%–74%Lower Second Division (2.2) 60%–64%Third Division (3) 50%– 59%Fail (F) Below 50%

10.3 The classification of the MBChB, BDS and BVSc degrees shall apply the followingmark scheme:

Distinction 75%–100%Honours 65%–74%Pass 50%–64%Fail Below 50%

and as prescribed in the relevant Faculty Regulations.

11. ACADEMIC OFFENCES11.1 This regulation should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe

Regulations for the Conduct of Examinations and the Student Disciplinary Regulations.11.2 With the exception of the application of the paragraph \r 11.5.1 the procedures laid

down for the conduct of Student Disciplinary Committee and Hearings shall befollowed in relation to the determination of whether or not a student is guilty of anacademic offence.

11.3 A student who:11.3.1 plagiarises wholly or in part work submitted for assessment and, or;11.3.2 falsifies data or results in a practical course, in a practical exercise in any

course, in a dissertation or in a project and, or;11.3.3 fabricates data or results in a practical course, or in practical exercise or in any

course, in a dissertation or in a project and, or;11.3.4 presents as his or her own data or results the work of another person, except

where the student and other person or person’s were working as a team inaccordance with the relevant regulations or rules for that course; shall be guiltyof an academic offence.

11.4 A student who:11.4.1 takes into a room or place where an examination, test or other form of

assessment is taking place any books, notes, written or other work on any kindof material, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, anycommunicating and or sending and receiving device which is not permitted tobe taken into the examination room or place in terms of the relevant regulationsor examination instructions issued for that course or programme;

11.4.2 annotates, embellishes, adapts any permitted books, notes, written work on anykind of material, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, anycommunicating and or sending and receiving device whether his or her ownproperty, or that of another or supplied by the examining authority or body with

30

written materials, programmes, information however recorded which are notpermitted to be used by such student in such examination, test or assessment;

11.4.3 brings into the room or place where the examination, test or assessment istaking place any answer book, whether blank or otherwise, any writing,blotting or other paper or brings in any material or materials not permitted inthe examination in terms of the relevant regulations or examination instructionsissued for that course or programme;

11.4.4 communicates, attempts to communicate with any other person within, outsideor beyond the room or place in which an examination, test or assessment istaking place contrary to the regulations or instructions issued for the conductof that examination, test or assessment, for the purpose of obtaining assistancefrom or providing assistance to such other candidate in the completion of theexamination, test or assignment;

11.4.5 leaves the room or place where the examination, test or assessment is takingplace and, contrary to the regulations for such course or programme orinstructions issued for such examination, test or assessment, communicateswith any other person, consults any books, notes, written work on any kind ofmaterial, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, anycommunicating and or sending and receiving device; shall be guilty of anacademic offence.

11.5 A student who is guilty of an academic offence shall be liable to:11.5.1 in relation to \r 11.3.1 to \r 11.3.4, an official warning, dependent on the severity

of the offence, from the lecturer conducting the course and, or the Chairpersonof Department and, or the Dean of the Faculty. Such warning or warnings shallbe noted for administrative purposes on the official record of the student’sperformance maintained by the University provided that:

11.5.2 if the offence for which the student is charged under \r 11.3.1 to \r 11.3.4 isbelieved by the lecturer to be an aggravated one, or it is determined that is arepeated academic offence, whether a repetition of the same offence or of adifferent offence, the matter shall be referred to the Student DisciplinaryCommittee and the student may be liable to the cancellation of his or herregistration for that course, the rendering of a mark of zero for that componentof the course or the whole course, suspension or expulsion from the University.Provided that: the Student Disciplinary Committee may recommend that astudent found guilty of plagiarism, falsification or fabrication of results may bepermitted to resubmit such work, or submit a new piece of work for examinationor assessment. Such recommendation may direct that such new or resubmittedwork shall receive a mark of not more than 50%.

11.5.3 in relation to \r 11.4.1 to \r 11.4.5 dependent on the severity of the offence andwhether it is a repeated offence, whether a repetition of the same offence or ofa different offence, the cancellation of his or her registration for that course, therendering of a mark of zero for the course or a component of that course,suspension or expulsion from the University.

11.6 A student who is charged with an academic offence, other than one that may be disposedof in terms of \r 11.5.1, shall have his or her results for the course or programme forwhich he or she is registered withheld until such time as the Student DisciplinaryCommittee makes a determination on the charges or the charges are not pursued.

31

12. POSTHUMOUS AND AEGROTAT PROVISIONS12.1 Posthumous award of a degree

12.1.1 If a student who dies in his/her final year of study in a given undergraduateprogramme had completed a substantial component of that year’s study, therelevant Departmental Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examinersmay recommend to the Senate the award of the degree posthumously providedthat there is clear evidence that the student had demonstrated consistentprogress prior to his/her death.

12.1.2 The overall result for a deceased student awarded a degree posthumously shallbe POSTHUMOUS AWARD

12.2 Aegrotat award of a degree12.2.1 If a student in the final year of study in a programme, having completed a

substantial component of the programme, is prevented by serious illness fromcompleting the prescribed requirements for the award of the degree, theDepartmental Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners mayrecommend the award of the degree provided that it is established by a medicalcertificate that the incapacitation is permanent or that the illness is terminal.

12.2.2 The overall result for a student who qualifies for the aegrotat award of thedegree shall be PASS: AEGROTAT AWARD

12.3 A degree awarded under the posthumous and aegrotat provisions shall be withoutclassification.

13. PUBLICATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS13.1 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be responsible for the publication of examination

results as approved by the Academic Committee.13.2 Results lists shall be posted on University notice boards and at any other designated

places and, in addition, the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall post to each student athis/her registered address a copy of the individual student’s results.

13.3 The examination results of a student who owes any outstanding monies to theUniversity shall be withheld from publication.

13.4 All lists of results released by the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be endorsed withthe proviso “SUBJECT TO RATIFICATION BY THE SENATE”.

14. STUDENT APPEALS AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULTS14.1 The Senate shall establish an Appeals Committee to consider student appeals against

published results.14.2 Any student has a right to appeal against his/her results.14.3 A student who wishes to lodge an appeal against his/her published results must do so

in writing to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) within 21 working days of the Universityafter the publication of the examination results.

14.4 Each appellant shall be levied a prescribed fee for the appeal. A schedule of the leviescan be obtained from the Deputy Registrar (Academic). No appeal shall be considereduntil such levies have been paid.

14.5 If an appeal is successful, the appellant shall be refunded the fees paid; otherwise theappellant forfeits the money.

32

14.6 On appeal, the student must state clearly the grounds of the appeal. A medicalpractitioner registered in terms of the Health Professions Act must substantiate medicalgrounds in writing. Any other evidence that the candidate wishes to submit in supportof his/her case must also be lodged with the written appeal.

14.7 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall obtain comments and recommendations fromthe relevant Faculty which, together with the appeals, may be referred to the AppealsCommittee for consideration.

14.8 The Appeals Committee will consider as legitimate grounds for appeal:14.8.1 new evidence of mitigating circumstances (except mere lack of diligence or

other fault on the part of the student) which was not previously available to theexaminers; and

14.8.2 extenuating circumstances of a ‘force majeure’ nature which explain and aredirectly relevant to the student’s unsatisfactory academic performance, such asserious illness or other disability or circumstances which he/she could notreasonably have been expected to have foreseen or avoided.

14.9 The Committee shall be empowered to hear an appellant orally and to seek all suchinformation or evidence, as it may consider pertinent. No right to oral hearing isconferred upon an appellant and the University will not reimburse any expensesincurred by an appellant in making a personal appearance before the Committee.

14.10 The Committee shall make a decision in each case, as it deems appropriate. Itsdecision shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for noting.

14.11 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall notify in writing each appellant of the resultsof his/her appeal, which result shall be final.

15. ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT15.1 Each graduate of the University shall receive ONE copy of a formal transcript of his/

her complete academic record at the University.15.2 A prescribed fee shall be charged for a duplicate (subsequent to the issue of the original

transcript) or for a transcript requested before completion of studies.15.3 An Academic Transcript of the University of Zimbabwe is issued without any

alterations and carries a signed official stamp of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).

16. AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE16.1 The award of a degree Certificate of the University of Zimbabwe shall be subject to

approval by the University Council.16.2 A student completing the requirements for such an award will be entitled to receive a

formal certificate of the University, bearing the seal of the University and signed by theVice-Chancellor and the Registrar, confirming the award.

16.3 If, subsequent to the award of a degree to a student, it is discovered that there were grossirregularities and impropriety involved in the award, the University Council, on therecommendation of the Senate, reserves the right to withdraw the award and cancel thecertificate.

33

SCHEDULE A: UNDEGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE UNIVERSITY

A1: BACHELORS DEGREESBachelor of Arts (BA Gen)Bachelor of Business Studies & Computer Science (BBS & CT)Bachelor of Science in Tourism & Hospitality Management (BSc THM)Bachelor of Education (Bed)Bachelor of Adult Education (Bad Ed)Bachelor of Science Education (BSE)Bachelor of Nursing Science (BNSc)Bachelor of Science (BSc)Bachelor of Social Work (BSW)

A2: BACHELORS [HONOURS] PROGRAMMESBachelor of Science Honours in Agriculture (HAG)Bachelor of Science Honours in Agricultural Engineering (HAE)Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Environmental Science (HAES)Bachelor of Arts Honours (BAH)Bachelor of Accountancy Honours (HAC)Bachelor of Business Studies Honours (HBS)Bachelor of Laws Honours (LLBS)Bachelor of Science Engineering Honours (HEN)Bachelor of Science Mining Engineering Honours (BSc Mining)Bachelor of Surveying Honours (HSV)Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours (MLS Hons)Bachelor of Nursing Science Honours (HNS)Bachelor of Pharmacy Honours (HPM)Bachelor of Science Honours in Occupational Therapy (HOT)Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy (HPT)Bachelor of Science Honours (BSc Hons)Bachelor of Science Honours in Economics (HEC)Bachelor of Science Honours in Administration (HPA)Bachelor of Science Honours in Political ScienceBachelor of Science Honours in Psychology (HPS)Bachelor of Science Honours in Rural & Urban (HRUP)Bachelor of Science Honours in Sociology (HSO)

A3: INTERCALATED DEGREE PROGRAMMESBachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Anatomy (BSc (Int) An)Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Human Physiology (BSc (Int) HP)Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Vet. Anatomy (BSc (Int) VA)Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Vet. Physiology (BSc (Int) VP)Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Vet. Biochemistry (Int) VBC)

A4: MEDICAL AND VETERINARY DEGREESBachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS)Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBChB)Bachelor of Veterinary Science (BVSc)

34

SCHEDULE B: LIST OF O-LEVEL AND A-LEVEL SUBJECTS

Level SubjectOA AccountingO AccountsOA Accounts, Principles ofOA AfrikaansO Agricultural ScienceOA Ancient HistoryA Ancient History and LiteratureOA Applied MechanicsO Applied StatisticsA Arabic (Classical) (London)A Art and Design (London)OA ArtOA Art and Craft (AEB)O Biological Studies (London)OA BiologyO Biology, RuralO Bookkeeping and AccountingOA BotanyOA British ConstitutionA British Government and Political SystemOA Business StudiesOA ChemistryOA ChineseOA Classical StudiesO *CommerceOA Computer StudiesA Computing ScienceO Computing StudiesA Constitutional Law (AEB)O *CookeryO *Craft and DesignA Design and technologyA Divinity (Cambridge)O *Domestic ScienceO Drama and Theatre Arts (AEB)A Dress and Textiles (Cambridge)OA DutchA Economic and Political StudiesO Economic and Public AffairsA Economic and Social HistoryA Economic GeographyOA Economic HistoryO Economic Principles

35

OA EconomicsA Economics International (Cambridge)A Electronic Systems (AEB)O Electricity and ElectronicsO Elementary MathematicsO Elementary PhysiologyO Elements of PhysiologyO Elements of SociologyOA Engineering DrawingOA Engineering ScienceOA EnglishO English LanguageOA English LiteratureO Environmental Biology (AEB)OA Environmental StudiesA Food Studies (Cambridge)OA FrenchO French Literature (Cambridge)O French StudiesA Further Mathematics (Cambridge)O General MathematicsO General Paper (Use of English)OA General Principles of English LawO General Russian StudiesO General ScienceOA GeographyA GeologyA Geometrical and Mechanical Drawing (Cambridge)OA GermanA Government and Political Studies/ScienceO Government Economics and CommerceA Graphical Communication (London)OA GreekOA Greek, ClassicalOA Greek, ModernOA Greek and Roman HistoryO Health ScienceA Hebrew (Biblical) (London)OA Hebrew, ClassicalOA Hebrew, ModernA Hindi (London)OA HistoryOA History, AncientOA History of ArtO History and Appreciation of MusicA History (International)

36

OA *Home EconomicsOA Human BiologyOA In Any other LanguageOA IrishOA ItalianO Italian LiteratureOA JapaneseOA LatinOA LawA Management of Business (Cambridge)OA MathematicsA Mathematics, AppliedOA Mathematics, PureA Mathematics, Pure and AppliedO *MetalworkOA MusicOA NdebeleO *NeedleworkOA Physical ScienceOA PhysicsO Physics with ChemistryA Polish (London)OA Political StudiesOA PortugueseO Principles of EconomicsOA PsychologyA Public Affairs (Cambridge)OA Religious KnowledgeOA Religious StudiesOA RumanianO Rural BiologyOA RussianOA ShonaO Social ScienceOA SociologyA Sociology (International)OA SpanishOA StatisticsO *SurveyingOA SwahiliOA Technical DrawingO TswanaOA UrduOA WelshO *WoodworkO XhosaOA ZoologyOA Zulu

37

SCHEDULE B2: LIST OF SUBJECTS THAT CANNOT BE COUNTED ASSEPARATE SUBJECTS

• Accounting cannot be counted with Accounts or Principles of Accounts or Commerce.

• Afrikaans cannot be counted with Dutch.

• Art cannot be counted with History of Art.

• Biology cannot be counted with Rural Biology, Zoology, Botany or General Science.

• Bookkeeping cannot be counted with Principles of Accounts or Accounts or Accounting.

• British Constitution cannot be counted with Government and Politics or Constitutional Law.

• Chemistry cannot be counted with Physical Science, Physics with Chemistry or GeneralScience.

• Computer Science cannot be counted with Computing Science or Computing Studies.

• Constitutional Law cannot be counted with Government and Politics.

• Divinity cannot be counted with Religious Knowledge or Religious Studies.

• Dutch cannot be counted with Afrikaans.

• Economic Geography cannot be counted with Geography.

• Economic Principles cannot be counted with Economics.

• Economics cannot be counted with Commerce or Economic Principles.

• Economics International cannot be counted with Public Affairs or Economics and PublicAffairs.

• Elementary Mathematics cannot be counted with Mathematics.

• Elementary Physiology cannot be counted with Human Biology.

• Elements of Sociology cannot be counted with Sociology.

• Engineering Drawing cannot be counted with Technical Drawing.

• Environmental Studies cannot be counted with Geography.

• Further Mathematics cannot be counted with Pure Mathematics, Mathematics or AppliedMathematics.

• General Science cannot be counted with Physics, Physical Science, Physics with Chemistry,Biology, Zoology, Botany or Rural Botany.

• Geography cannot be counted with Economic Geography.

• Geometrical and Mechanical drawing cannot be counted with Technical or EngineeringDrawing.

• Government and Political Studies cannot be counted with Government and Politics.

• Health Science cannot be counted with Human Biology.

• History International cannot be counted with History or Ancient History.

• Human Biology cannot be counted with Zoology, Biology, Health Science.

• Mathematics, Pure and Applied may not be counted with Mathematics Pure or MathematicsApplied.

38

• Physical Science cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, Physics-with Chemistry orGeneral Science.

• Physics-with-Chemistry cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, Physical Science orGeneral Science.

• Political Studies cannot be counted with Government Politics.

• Social Science cannot be counted with Government Politics.

• Zoology cannot be counted with Human Biology or Health Science.

• Only one of the following may be counted:

British ConstitutionGeneral Principles of English LawConstitutional Law

*Not more than one technical or commercial subject (indicated above by anasterisk) may be recognised for the purpose of satisfying Ordinary Level requirements.

SCHEDULE C1: (NEEDS TO BE TIDIED UP)

4.6.11 a person who has obtained a degree of this or another University;4.6.12 a person who has obtained a degree of the Council for National Academic

Awards in the United Kingdom;4.6.13 a person who has obtained a Certificate in Education of this University at an

Associate College of the University;4.6.13.1 a person who has obtained from a University or Institution of similar

status, academic qualifications (other than degrees) acceptable to theSenate;

4.6.13.2 a person who has obtained an appropriate number of Subjects at anapproved examination equivalent to the standard of the OrdinaryLevel of the Zimsec or the General Certificate of Education Examinationand has subsequently passed an equivalent examination at a Universityacceptable to Senate;

4.6.13.3 a person who has obtained the Diploma in Social Work of thisUniversity through the School of Social Work in Harare.

i

HISTORICAL NOTE

The University College of Rhodesia and Nyasaland which became the University of Rhodesia on1 January 1971, was incorporated by Royal Charter on 11 February 1955.

The original impetus for the founding of a University in Rhodesia was given by an offer in 1945 byMr. J.F. Kapnek of £20 000 for such a purpose. This encouraged Mr. L.M.N. Hodson, QC, to gathertogether a group of men and women under the title “Friends of the University of Rhodesia” topublicise and foster the idea. This group, which shortly changed its title to “Rhodesia UniversityAssociation” faced some opposition and much indifference, but with enthusiasm and perseveranceunder Mr. Hodson’s leadership continued their efforts and gained their first official recognition in1946. On 26 October 1946, the Legislative Assembly of Southern Rhodesia accepted a motion,introduced by Mr. Hodson as a private member, that a university should be established as soon aspracticable to serve the needs of Southern Rhodesia and Northern Rhodesia and neighbouringterritories and that a Board of Trustees should be appointed. On 19 May 1947, His Excellency theGovernor of Southern Rhodesia established by trust deed the Rhodesian University FoundationFund and appointed as trustees the Minister of Internal Affairs, the Secretary for Internal Affairs andMr. Hodson.

Twenty-four offers of sites for the University were made by municipalities and other localauthorities, by companies and by independent landowners. On the advice of the Trustees, whovisited most of the sites, the Legislative Assembly in 1948 chose the 250 acres offered by the Cityof Salisbury.

In the meantime, the activities of the Rhodesian University Association had increased and regionalcommittees were established to assist in publicity and fund raising. In 1952 the association promoteda private bill in the Southern Rhodesian Legislative Assembly, which was enacted on 29 August,1952, for the incorporation and constitution of the University. This Act established an InauguralBoard which met for the first time in January 1953, by which time the College had received £100000 in grants from territorial Governments and £74 000 from private and other contributors. Classesfor part-time students in Accountancy had been started in 1952 and the premises of St. Joseph’sHome at 115 (later 147) Baker Avenue (now demolished) were purchased to accommodate theseclasses and to serve as the headquarters of the Inaugural Board.

The Central African Council, quite independently of the Inaugural Board, had decided on therecommendation of a committee under the chairmanship of Sir Harold Cartmel-Robinson, toappoint a commission to report on the needs of higher education for Africans in Central Africa. Thiscommission, under the chairmanship of Sir Alexander Carr-Saunders, visited the three territories inNovember 1952, and presented its report in February 1953. It recommended the establishment ofa university, beginning as a University College, on an inter-racial basis, either in Salisbury if thisproposal could be appropriately associated with the plans of the Inaugural Board, or if not, in Lusakain Northern Rhodesia.

In June 1953, the Inaugural Board made its decision that the sole test for admission to the Universitywould be educational attainments and good character. On 13 July 1953 Her Majesty QueenElizabeth the Queen Mother laid the foundation stone on the Mount Pleasant site. Her Majesty later

ii

graciously consented to accept office of President, when the Charter was granted, and so continueduntil February 1970.

In September 1953 at the invitation of the Inter-University Council of Higher Education a delegationof representatives of the three Central African Governments and the Inaugural Board visited Londonfor discussions with the Inter-University Council, the University of London and the BritishGovernment. Her Majesty’s Government announced its willingness to contribute £1 250 000towards capital costs of the College on condition that the recurrent costs were provided from othersources.

This condition was met by the grant of £150 000 per annum by the Federal Government towards therecurrent income of the College for the five years beginning 1 January 1956. The BritishGovernment later increased its capital gift by a further £150 000, making a total grant of £1 400000. The City of Salisbury increased its gift of land from 250 to 474 acres.

These generous grants enabled the College to erect buildings to house the Faculties of Arts,Education, Science and Social Studies, the Halls of Residence, the Students’ Union and staff houses.Other major benefactions for buildings were:

The Library (Anglo American Corporation, B.S.A Company,Rhodesia Selection Trust) £200 000

The Beit Hall (Beit Trust) £36 000

Basil Fletcher Court Flats (Ford Foundation) £24 000

College Chapel (Dulverton Trust) £15 000

Sports Pavilion (Rhodesia Breweries) £10 000

In November 1953, Dr. William Rollo, formerly Professor of Classics at the University of CapeTown, was appointed interim Principal for two years and was succeeded in December 1955 by Dr.Walter Adams, formerly Secretary of the Inter-University Council. During Dr. Rollo’s tenure ofoffice as Principal, appointments were made to the first ten headships of academic departments andto the post of Librarian. The basic layout plan of the site was formulated and approved and the firstbuildings begun. Publicity and fund-raising campaigns increased the total of the benefactionsreceived by the College (other than the grants from the British and Federal Governments) to over£300 000.

The year 1956 was devoted to detailed planning and preparation. The college was admitted to theprivilege of Special Relation with the University of London. The original heads of departments,joined by others, formed the Academic Board which negotiated with the University of London theentrance requirements for the admission of students, special syllabuses in each teaching subjectadapted to local conditions, examination arrangements and other academic matters. Researchprojects were started. The Library made substantial acquisitions by purchase and by gifts. Thescience departments acquired their initial stocks of apparatus and equipment and establishedancillary services such as a botany garden and herbarium. The Federal Government gave the College1 200 acres, part of the Archie Henderson Agricultural Research Station in the Mazoe Valley, fordevelopment as a farm for teaching and research. A few years later it acquired 60 square miles ofvirgin country on the shore of Lake Kariba on which a research station was established in associationwith the Universities of Oxford, Glasgow and Witwatersrand. This is on lease from the Government.

iii

Rapid progress was made in developing the Mount Pleasant site. The Science Research Laboratorieswere occupied. On 3 December 1956, the Governor-General, Lord Llewellin, opened the south wingof the Arts Building. Early in 1957 the College was able to vacate the premises at 115 Baker Avenueand transfer all its activities to Mount Pleasant, and in March teaching for full-time students beganin the Faculties of Arts and Science and for graduates taking the one-year programme for theCertificate in Education.

In 1963 the Medical School was opened, the cost being raised by the College from the NuffieldFoundation. It was affiliated to the University of Birmingham and thus students for the degrees ofMBChB, obtained a Birmingham qualification. In 1968 the school was named the Godfrey HugginsSchool of Medicine in honour of Lord Malvern, who had been Chairman of Council from 1958 to1968.

The dissolution of the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland at the end of 1963 raised questions onthe future of the University College, which were considered at meetings between the governmentsof the United Kingdom and Southern Rhodesia in April 1964. It was then agreed by them that theUniversity College should continue as “an independent institution of learning, open to all races,serving not only the higher education requirements of Rhodesia but also contributing to theadvancement of knowledge, science and research in Central Africa and within the internationalcommunity of Universities”.

The Government of Rhodesia agreed to give financial support to enable the College to continue, andthe British Government agreed to contribute £250 000 for each of the three succeeding years. Themain finance for the University is now provided by block grant from the Government of Zimbabwe.

In January 1970 the College and the University of London agreed to a phased termination of theScheme of Special Relation so that the last intake for degrees of the University of London was thatof 1970. In April 1970 the formal association of the University of Birmingham with the College wasalso terminated and the last intake for medical degrees of the University of Birmingham was that of1970. In September 1970 the University College Council enacted new Statutes in terms of theCharter establishing the University of Rhodesia, governed by a Council and Senate. Full universitystatus was achieved on 1 January 1971. At the end of 1973 the first full year of students withUniversity of Rhodesia degrees graduated in the Faculties of Arts, Science and Social Studies.

In March 1974 the first student for a four year honours degree were accepted into the Faculty ofEngineering and the first graduates, eleven in number, completed their degrees in 1977.

At independence, the University of Rhodesia became the University of Zimbabwe. In January 1980the Faculties of Agriculture and Commerce and Law were established, these disciplines havingpreviously been included in the Faculties of Science and Social Studies respectively.

In 1982 a Bill to make further and better provision for the governance of the University was enactedby Parliament thereby replacing the Royal Charter. That same year, the Faculty of VeterinaryScience was established with an intake of eighteen students, eleven of whom graduated in 1986.

In 1988, the Faculty of Commerce and Law split into two distinct faculties, namely the Faculty ofCommerce (with two departments, Accountancy and Business Studies), and the Faculty of Law(with three departments, Procedural Law, Private Law and Public Law).

iv

In 1989, the University assumed responsibility for the Bachelor of Technology programmes at theBulawayo Technical College and Harare Polytechnic.

In 1990, the University of Zimbabwe Amendment Act was enacted.

The overall number of students enrolled in the University increased from the first intake of 68 in 1957to 2 240 in 1980, to 9 300 in 1990 and to 12 500 in 2004.

Out of the 48 474 students who had graduated from the University by the end of 2004, 43 572 of thesegraduated after the attainment of independence.

The post-independence era also saw the expansion of the physical infrastructure at the Universityand this included the construction of the Great Hall and five new halls of residence increasing thenumber of resident students from about 800 to 4 500 at the beginning of 2005.

Currently, the University has 10 Faculties, namely: Arts, Agriculture, Engineering, Commerce,Law, Science, Medicine, Social Studies, Education and Veterinary Science.

Since Independence, the range of medical degrees has also expanded to include Medical LaboratorySciences, Nursing Sciences, Radiology, Rehabilitation, Dentistry and BSc Health Education andHealth Promotion among others.

In the Faculty of Commerce new courses and degree programmes introduced since 1982 includeGovernment Accounting and Law, Business Studies, Business Studies Computing Degree and aMaster’s degree in Tourism and Hospitality Studies. The Master of Business Administration Degreewas introduced in 1986.

Over the years the University has been putting emphasis on research mainly through its non-teachingunits which include Lake Kariba Research Station, Institute of Development Studies, DevelopmentTechnology Centre, the African Languages Research Institute, the Institute of EnvironmentalStudies and the Centre for Defence Studies.

The University of Zimbabwe helped start four new State Universities namely Chinhoyi Universityof Technology, Masvingo State University, Zimbabwe Open University and Bindura University ofScience Education.

The University also has associate institutions which include teachers’ colleges, technical colleges,agricultural colleges, nursing colleges and seminaries where it provides quality control andopportunities for further training. In 2004, 6 446 students from teachers’ colleges graduated with theUniversity of Zimbabwe Diploma in Education.

160

FACULTY OF LAW

REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATEDEGREE PROGRAMMES

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OFLAWS HONOURS DEGREE (LLB (HONS)

1. PREAMBLE1.1 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.1.2 These Regulations are in respect of the LLB Honours Degree.1.3 The LLB Honours Degree will be awarded to a candidate who has successfully

completed an approved programme in accordance with these Regulations.

2. DEFINITIONS2.1 SEMESTER - A semester which shall be determined and set out in the University

calendar, shall normally, for the purposes of the LLB Honours Degree, comprise 15weeks made up as follows: six weeks of teaching, one week with no formal teaching(reading week), six weeks of teaching, one week for revision and one week forexaminations.

2.2 COURSE - A course shall be defined as in the General Regulations namely as aseparately examinable portion of a programme and for the purposes of the LLBHonours regulations, a course unit shall normally be valued at two hours of lectures andhalf an hour of tutorials, thus the following definitions and course unit values shallapply:2.2.1 a twenty unit course shall normally consist of 40 hours of lectures and 10 hours

of tutorials and/or practical;2.2.2 a ten unit course shall normally consist of 20 hours of lectures and five hours

of tutorials and/or practicals;2.3 DISSERTATION– The meaning of the term dissertation shall be as defined in the

General Regulations.2.4 FORMAL EXAMINATION – for the purposes of these regulations formal examination

shall mean a written examination of specified duration written under the regulations orrules for end of course examinations at the University of Zimbabwe.

3. ENTRY REGULATIONS3.1 To be admitted to the programme, a candidate must have satisfied the minimum

conditions for entry to degree studies at this University as prescribed under the entryrequirements in the General Regulations, provided that mere satisfaction of theminimum requirements will not guarantee entry to the programme.

161

3.2 Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations governing special entry toundergraduate programmes a candidate may be exempted from such courses as may berecommended by the Board of the Faculty of Law to Academic Committee providedthat no candidate shall be given credit of more than 240 units and provided that he/sheshall not be permitted to complete the programme in less than four (4) successivesemesters full-time or six successive semesters part-time from the date of firstregistration for the programme. Candidates admitted to the LLB Honours in terms ofthis regulation may not be given credit for the Dissertation (LB 460) or Clinical andPractical Skills Training (LB 401).

4. STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME4.1 Except in the case of special entry when a lesser period may be allowed, the LLB

Honours Degree Programme shall require full-time study over a period of not less thaneight (8) successive semesters or twelve (12) successive semesters part-time study.Normally a candidate will be required to complete the programme in not more thantwelve (12) successive semesters of full–time study or eighteen successive semestersof part-time study from the date of first registration for the programme.4.1.1 A candidate may, with the approval of the Faculty Board and Academic

Committee, and on such conditions as those bodies shall determine, apply totransfer from full-time to part-time study or vice versa at the end of a semester.In such cases the Faculty Board shall recommend to Academic Committee thenumber of semesters within which the candidate shall complete the degree. Acandidate shall not be permitted to effect transfer from full-time to part-timestudy or vice versa more than once within her/his undertaking of the degreeprogramme.

4.2 The LLB Honours Degree shall consist of a minimum of 520 course units or amaximum of 530 units taken as follows:4.2.1 Full Time: In the full-time programme each Level of the Programme shall

consist of two successive semesters.4.2.1.1 Level One – Level One Core Courses to the value of 60 units per semester4.2.1.2 Level Two – Level Two Core Courses to the value of 60 units per

semester. A candidate may, subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite course for Level Two courses, proceed in to Level Two fromLevel One carrying Level One courses not exceeding 40 units, providingthat the total value of courses taken by such candidate may not exceed60 units in a semester and the total number of units for both semestersmay not exceed 120.

4.2.1.3 A candidate may only proceed from Level Two to Level Three of theprogramme if he or she has successfully completed all courses inLevels One and Two. For the purposes of completing all such coursesa candidate who is repeating failed courses at Level Two or takingcourses remaining at Level Two having failed courses at Level One andsuccessfully completed those during Level Two shall not be regardedfor the purposes of Regulation 4.1.1 of these regulations as read withRegulation 5.7 of the General Regulations as a part-time student.

4.2.1.4 Level Three — Courses, including core courses, not exceeding 80units per semester and not exceeding 140 units for the Level.

162

4.2.1.5 Level Four – Subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisitecourses for Level Four Core courses and for Optional courses candidatesmay take, including core courses, courses up to, 80 units per semesterprovided that the total number of units taken at Level Four shall notexceed 150 units.

4.2.1.6 The general scheme of the full time programme is set out in Schedule1 of these Regulations.

4.2.2 Part Time: In the part-time programme each Level of the Programme shallconsist of three successive semesters.4.2.2.1 Level One – Level One Core Courses to the value of 40 units per

semester4.2.2.2 Level Two – Level Two Core Courses to the value of 40 units per

semester. A candidate may, subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite courses for Level Two courses, proceed in to Level Two fromLevel One carrying Level One courses not exceeding 40 units, providingthat the total value of courses taken by such candidate may not exceed40 units in a semester and the total number of units for the three LevelTwo semesters may not exceed 120.

4.2.2.3 A candidate may only proceed from Level Two to Level Three of theprogramme if he or she has successfully completed all courses inLevels One and Two.

4.2.2.4 Level Three - Courses, including core courses, not exceeding 60 unitsper semester and not exceeding 140 units for the Level. Provided thata candidate who takes more than 40 units in a semester for the purposes ofcompleting 140 units in Level Three shall not be regarded for the purposesof Regulation 5.7 of the General Regulations as a full-time student.

4.2.2.5 Level Four – Subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisitecourses for Level Four Core courses and for Optional courses candidatesmay take, including core courses, courses up to, 60 units per semesterprovided that the total number of units taken at Level Four shall notexceed 150 units. Provided that a candidate who takes more than 40units in a semester for the purposes of completing 140/150 units inLevel Four shall not be regarded for the purposes of Regulation 5.7 ofthe General Regulations as a full-time student.

4.2.2.6 The general scheme of the part time programme is set out in Schedule2 of these Regulations

4.3 Courses and Course Unit Values.Course

Core Courses Codes Units Prerequisite

Level 1Introduction to Law LB101 20History of Roman Dutch Law LB102 20Contract LB103 20Criminal Law LB104 20Constitutional Law LB105 20Statutory Interpretation LB106 20

163

CourseCore Courses Codes Units Prerequisite

Level 2Criminal Procedure LB201 20 Criminal Law LB103Family Law LB203 20Delict LB204 20Civil Procedure LB206 20 Introduction to LawLB 101Commercial Law LB207 20 Contract LB102Evidence LB208 20 Introduction to Law LB101,Criminal Law LB103

Level 3Accounting for Legal Practitioners LB301 20Civil Procedure (Superior Courts) LB302 20Jurisprudence LB303 20Property Law LB304 20Legal Ethics LB305 10 See Regulation 4.4

Level 4Clinical and Practical Skills Training LB401 40Civil Procedure (SC) LB302Dissertation LB 470 40

Optional CoursesLaw of Taxation LB002 20Law of Banking and NegotiableInstruments LB003 20Administrative andLocal Government Law LB004 20Environmental and Local PlanningLaw LB005 20Public International Law LB006 20Labour Law LB008 20Law of Succession LB009 20Criminology LB010 20Insurance Law LB011 20Law of Public andPrivate Enterprises LB012 20International Economic andTrade Law LB013 20Women’s Law LB015 20Industrial and Intellectual PropertyLaw LB018 20 Property Law LB304Insolvency Law LB 020 10 Property Law LB304Law of Public and Private Enterprises LB012Conveyancing LB021 20 Property Law LB304Notarial Practice LB022 10 Property Law LB304

164

Advocacy LB026 10Customary Law LB027 20Alternative Dispute Resolution LB028 10Human Rights Law LB030 20Private International Law LB031 20Competition Law LB032 20

4.4.1 The Faculty Board may, from time to time, determine in which semester a Corecourse may be taken. Provided that Legal Ethics LB305 may be taken as eithera Level 3 or a Level 4 core course.

4.4.2 The Departmental Boards may, from time to time determine which optionalcourses shall be on offer to candidates for the degree, and in which semestersuch courses shall be offered. Provided that an optional course will not beoffered in a semester if there are less than ten (10) candidates registered for thatcourse.

4.5 The Dissertation shall have a course unit weighting of 40 units and shall be undertakenat level four of the degree programme for both full-time and part-time students. Thedissertation shall be shall be carried out over two successive semesters for fulltimestudents in level four and over three successive semesters for part-time students in levelfour. The Dissertation shall include a minimum of 10 hours of lectures, and or seminars,on research methodology and a minimum 10 hours of seminars, discussions or tutorialson analysis of research data and writing up of a dissertation.4.5.1 The Board of the Faculty of Law shall assign a supervisor and an alternate

supervisor from the academic staff of the Faculty to each candidate. Suchsupervisor, or alternate supervisor in consultation with the supervisor, shallsupervise the preparation of the candidate’s research proposal, research designand the writing up of the Dissertation. Assessment of the Dissertation shall becarried out as specified in regulation 6.1 of these regulations.

5 ATTACHMENTDuring the degree programme, candidates shall be required to undertake and satisfactorilycomplete such period(s) as the Faculty may determine from time to time, normally of eightweeks (8) duration, within one or more branches of the legal profession, namely the PublicSector and/ or the Private Sector, such attachment shall be monitored and assessed by theBoard of the Faculty of Law.

6. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES6.1 Each course, other than Clinical and Practical Skills Training (LB401) Advocacy

(LB026) and the Dissertation (LB470) shall be assessed by coursework assessment anda formal examination.6.1.1 Subject to the provisions of regulations 6.2 and 6.3; coursework shall comprise

between 20% - 30% of the marks for a course. The Faculty Board shalldetermine the percentage of the total mark for any course that shall becomprised by Coursework. Candidates shall be advised in writing at thecommencement of a course the value, unless it is already stipulated in theseregulations, that is to be given to course work in that course.

165

6.2 The assessment of the Clinical and Practical Skills Training course (LB401) shall bebased on 20% for coursework, 40% for a practical examination and 40% for a two hourformal examination.

6.3 The assessment of the Advocacy course shall be based on 20% for coursework, 50%for a practical examination and 30% for a one and a half (11/2) hour formal examination

6.4 In the Dissertation there shall be no formal examination but each candidate shall berequired to choose a topic approved by the Faculty Board and to write a dissertationthereon in English in not less than 9000 but not more than 12000 words.The dissertation shall be submitted on or before the date set annually by the Board ofthe Faculty of Law for the submission of dissertations.6.4.1 The marks awarded in the Dissertation shall be assigned, at the completion of

each phase of the phases of the dissertation process, as followsPhase 1 Research Proposal/Research Design 10%

(to be assessed when the Final Proposal is submitted)Phase 2 First Draft 20%

(to be assessed when the First Draft is submitted)Phase 3 Final Draft 70%

6.4.2 The Dissertation shall be accorded an overall mark on the standard universitymarking scale.

6.5 Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of asemester, normally that of the semester in which the course is completed.6.5.1 Departments within the Faculty of Law shall specify within the first two weeks

of a semester in respect of each course being formally examined at the end ofthat semester which materials, if any, may be taken into the examination in eachcourse for which the Department is responsible and whether they may beannotated or not.

6.5.2 The duration of the formal examination for courses shall be, unless otherwisestated in these regulations, as follows:20 unit course 3 hours10 unit course 2 hoursProvided that the Faculty Board may determine, where appropriate, that acourse may be examined solely by a practical or an oral examination or by acombination of formal and practical or oral examination.

6.6 A period of attachment shall be assessed on a pass/fail basis as follows:Student report on attachment period 50%Faculty appointed supervisor’s assessment 30%Attachment placement allocated supervisor 20%Assessment shall be carried out as follows:6.6.1 Each candidate must within fourteen (14) days of the commencement of the

semester immediately following the period of attachment submit a report in therequired form, on his/her period of attachment. Such report shall be marked bythe Supervisor allocated by the Board of the Faculty of Law to the candidate outof 50 marks.

6.6.2 A supervisor from among the Academic Staff of the Board of the Faculty ofLaw shall be allocated to a candidate to supervise his or her attachment . Suchsupervisor shall, in the form prescribed by the Faculty Board, report on theperformance of the candidate out of 30.

166

6.6.3 Prior to the commencement of attachment an appropriately qualified supervisorfrom the place of attachment shall be nominated from the place of attachment,subject to the approval of the Board of the Faculty of Law, to supervise thecandidate at the place of attachment. Such supervisor shall assess the candidatein the form prescribed by the Faculty Board and report on the performance ofthe candidate out of 20.

7. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS AND DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATIONRESULTS7.1 The processing of examination results and the determination of examination results for

candidates shall be carried out as prescribed in Regulations 8 and 9, respectively, of theGeneral Regulations, provided that in relation to a period of attachment the results shallbe processed and determined as follows:7.1.1 After the compilation of the marks for each candidate the Faculty of Law Board

of Examiners shall determine whether a candidate has passed or failed theprescribed period of attachment.

7.1.2 Candidates who fail to satisfactorily complete attachment/s, in terms ofRegulation 6.6 below, to which they are assigned shall be required to repeat theperiod of attachment which has been failed.

8. AWARD AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE8.1 For the purpose of classification of the degree the marks obtained in all levels of the

Programme shall be taken into account.8.2 The degree shall be classified into the divisions provided for in Regulation 10.2 of the

General Regulations.

9. SYLLABUSESIn accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses forSubjects/Courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall besubmitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall bemaintained in the Faculty Office for reference.

167

COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES

REGULATIONS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH AND ADULT EDUCATION(DHAE)

(To be read in conjunction with the “General Academic Regulations for Certificates and Diplomasof the University of Zimbabwe’ (GAR)).

1. ENTRY REGULATIONS (REF GAR 1.3)1.1 Applicants must have obtained passes in 5 O Level subjects (AEB, GCE or equivalent)

including English Language and a science subject at Grade B or better.1.2 Applicants must have a health or teaching related qualification approved for the

Diploma by the Board of Studies.1.3 Applicants must have completed at least five years relevant professional experience

approved for the Diploma by the Board of Studies.1.4 Applicants must be employed in a position which will enable, during the programme,

appropriate experience to be obtained, of a nature approved for the Diploma by theBoard of Studies.

2. DURATION AND STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF. GAR 4)2.1 The normal duration of the programme shall be two years commencing each alternate

February, the first year of which is full-time and the second year part-time during whichthe candidate shall be employed in a position approved for the Diploma by the Boardof Studies.

2.2 The programme shall be divided into four parts as follows:Part I : HealthPart II : Health EducationPart III: Behavioural SciencesPart IV: Adult Education

2.3 Before formal examinations begin, there will be a period of two weeks withoutacademic instruction to allow for individual study/revision.It shall be at the candidate’s discretion whether he/she applies to his/her employer forleave for the same period.

2.4 The parts of the programme shall be made up as follows:2.4.1 Part I (Health) shall consist of studies in the following areas:

2.4.1.1 Community Medicine I2.4.1.2 Community Medicine II

168

2.4.1.3 Health Knowledge.2.4.2 Part II (Health Education) shall consist of studies in the following areas:

2.4.2.1 Introduction to Health Education2.4.2.2 Communication Process in Health Education2.4.2.3 Training and Evaluation2.4.2.4 Community Organisation and Consultation2.4.2.5 School Health Education2.4.2.6 Special Areas of Health2.4.2.7 Group Community Practice2.4.2.8 Field Experience

2.4.3 Part III (Behavioural Science) shall consist of studies in the following areas:2.4.3.1 Psychiatry2.4.3.2 Sociology2.4.3.3 Psychology

2.4.4 Part IV (Adult Education) shall consist of the courses and subjects comprisingthe programme for the Diploma in Adult Education, as detailed in 9 below:(The Faculty of Education shall advise/consult the Faculty of Medicine of anychanges to the Diploma in Adult Education which they may make from time totime).

2.4.5 All courses shall be compulsory.2.4.6 Normally all Part I study areas, and Part II study areas 1 - 6, shall be taught in

the first year of the programme. Part II study areas 7 - 8 shall normally be taughtin the second year of the programme. There may, however, be areas of overlapnecessitating carrying over from year I to year II in Part II of the programme.Part III shall be taught by the Department of Psychiatry and Part IV shall betaught as determined by the Department of Adult Education. (see 2.4.4)

3. MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 5)3.1 The Diploma may be awarded in the following categories:-

DistinctionMeritPass

3.2 The following marking scheme shall be adopted:80% + = Distinction70% - 79% = Merit50% - 69% = PassBelow 50% = Fail

3.3 A candidate who passes the examination for three of the four subjects in the Parts I, IIand III examinations and Part IV examination with a mark of distinction or merit shallbe awarded the Diploma with distinction or merit.

4. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF. GAR 6)4.1 Coursework shall count for 25% of overall assessment.4.2 Examinations

4.2.1 Examinations for Part I of the programme will be held in November of the firstyear of the programme in the following subject areas:

169

Paper I: Community Medicine (DHAE101)Paper II: Health Knowledge (DHAE103)Each paper shall be of three hours duration, with six essay or brief notequestions of which five shall be answered.4.2.1.1 Candidates must have passed every examination in Part I, i.e.DHAE101

and DHAE103 in order to proceed with the programme. Candidateswho fail Part I supplementary examinations will be required towithdraw from the programme.

4.2.2 Part II ExaminationsExaminations for Part II of the programme will be held at the end of the secondyear of the programme.Paper III: Health Education (DHAE201)The paper shall be of three hours duration with six essays or brief note questionsof which five shall be answered.

4.2.3 Part III ExaminationsExaminations for Part III of the Programme will be held in the Second Year ofthe Programme.Paper IV: Behavioural Sciences (DHAE301)The paper shall be of three hours duration with six essays or short notequestions of which five shall be answered.

4.2.4 Part IV ExaminationsThe examinations for Part IV shall be held according to the scheme ofexaminations detailed in 9.4 below.

4.2.5 Oral Examinations shall be held at the discretion of the Examiners.4.3 Distribution of Marks

4.3.1 Part I Examination:Community MedicineContinuous Assessment 25Written Paper II 75Total 100Health KnowledgeContinuous Assessment 25Written Paper II 75Total 100

4.3.2 Part II Examination:Health EducationContinuous Assessment:1st year classwork 101st year class tests: 152nd year practicals and seminars: 25Paper IV 150Total 200

4.3.3 Part III Examination:Behavioural ScienceContinuous Assessment 25Written Paper IV 75Total 100

170

4.3.4 Part IV Examination:Adult EducationDistribution of marks - This shall be as in 9.4.3 below.

5. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN A PROGRAMME (REF. GAR 8)Candidates must have passed the Part I examination proceeding with the second year of thecourse.

6. DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATES' RESULTS (REF GAR 7)For Parts I and II examinations, the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall comprise theChairman of the Department of Community Medicine and those members of both theUniversity and Ministry of Health staff who are involved in the teaching of the relevant partof the programme. For Part III the Departmental Panel will comprise the Chairman of theDepartment of Psychiatry and members involved in the teaching of the relevant parts of theprogramme.For the Part IV examination, the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall be that of theDepartment of Adult Education.

7. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 9.5)These will be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.

8. APPROVED TEACHERSTeachers, other than University Academic staff, shall require to be approved by the Boardof Studies for the purposes of the diploma and a register of approved teachers the diplomaand a register of approved teachers shall be maintained by the Institute of Health Education.

9. PART IV DIPLOMA IN ADULT EDUCATION9.1 The Programme is designed to meet the present day problems and needs and interests

of candidates working in the various fields of adult education in Zimbabwe. It isdesigned to reflect an approach to adult education and emphasise the acquisition ofmeasurable skills, knowledge and attitudes and demonstrable importance and relevanceto professional adult educators.9.1.1 The Programme is built upon the following objectives:9.1.2 The ability to describe and explain the influence of psychological, physiological

and sociological factors relevant to adult learning.9.1.3 The ability to derive insights from historical, philosophical, psychological and

current cross-cultural developments in adult education and to apply lessonslearned from these insights to problems related to adult education in Zimbabwe.

9.1.4 The ability to apply principles of design and delivery of instruction, programmeplanning and evaluation to the solution of problems typical of adult educationalsettings in Zimbabwe.

9.1.5 The ability to assess the relevance and applicability of a variety of administrativeand supervisory techniques to the administration of adult education programmesand to the supervision of adult education personnel in Zimbabwe.

9.1.6 The ability to describe and demonstrate the use of a range of instructionalmethods and media, and to evaluate the appropriateness of methods and mediafor use in selected adult educational settings.

171

9.2 Programme Structure and Duration9.2.1 The programme is for not less than two years of part-time study. Students will

be required to attend teaching sessions normally covering twelve weeks duringthe period of the programme. Students will be required to take three Coursesper year, with the Field Project stretched over two years. The first year shall bePart I and the second year Part II of the programme.

9.3 Programme of StudyAll students will take SIX core courses, THREE in the First Year and another THREEin the Second Year. In addition all students will undertake a Field Project in thestudent’s own special field.9.3.1 Core Courses:

Code CourseAE1D01 Foundations of Adult EducationAE1D02 Design and Delivery of InstructionAE1D03 Organisation and Administration of Adult EducationAE1D04 Research MethodsAE1D16 Understanding SocietyAE1D17 Gender Studies

9.3.2 Field Project: ADE160A Special Field Study based within the student’s own area of Adult Education:Overview of special field; relationship of special field to other forms of adulteducaton; relevance to social and economic development; problems andtrends; application of core courses to special field.Special Fields:AE1D07 Adult Functional Literacy and Basic EducationAE1D08 Agricultural ExtensionAE1D09 Community Development and TrainingAE1D10 Co-operative EducationAE1D11 Distance EducationAE1D12 Health/Nursing EducationAE1D13 Industrial and Vocational EducationAE1D14 Workers EducationAE1D17 Gender Studies

9.4 Scheme of Examination9.4.1 Each candidate will be examined for each course by a three hour written paper

in November of each year. Each candidate is also examined by the ContinuousAssessment in each course for which he is registered. Additionally, candidatesmust submit a Field Project (ADE160) as indicated below.

9.4.2 The Field Project (ADE160) must be submitted not later than 30 September ofthe Final Year. After examination, two bound copies of the Field Project mustbe lodged initially with the candidate’s supervisor.

9.4.3 Each candidate will be required to obtain a pass aggregate comprising theexaminations and coursework components of each course for which he isregistered. In addition, each candidate is required to achieve a pass in his FieldProject (ADE160). The cumulative marks will be used to determine the overallgrading for the diploma.

172

The weighting to be used for the final overall assessment shall be as follows:Coursework and Project 30%Written Examination 70%

9.4.4 The examiners shall be at liberty to test any student by means of oralexamination in the Field Project.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY DEGREE (BDS)

1. INTRODUCTIONThese Regulations apply only to students who are in full-time attendance at the Universityof Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with the University’s General Regulationsfor undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and“Departmental course guide”.The Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfullycompleted approved courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulations set outbelow. The Degree is awarded in two categories - the Bachelor of Dental Surgery withhonours and the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree.

2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION2.1 Entry to the University

All prospective entrants must satisfy the entry requirements of the University.2.2 Programme requirements

2.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normallyhave: passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Languageand Mathematics; passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) inChemistry and any two of the following three subjects:Biology (or Zoology)MathematicsPhysics.The subject not offered at A Level must normally have been passed at O Level.

2.2.2 A prospective candidate from the SADC region who has no A Levels must havepassed preferably Biology/Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Zoology atPart II (second year) of the Bachelor of Science degree programme at theirUniversity (Ref.GAR3.2.1.4)

2.2.3 Prospective candidates with a Diploma/Certificate in Dental Therapy/DentalHygiene, Dental Technology with Merit may be considered.

3. DATES OF EXAMINATIONS3.1 The Professional Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery will normally take

place at the following times:First year, BDS Part I — in or about the middle of second year.(Biochemistry)Second year, BDS Part II — in or about the middle of the second year(Anatomy, Physiology, Behavioural Sciences and Community Health)Third year, BDS Part III — in the middle of the third year(General Pathology, General Medicine General Surgery)

173

Fourth year, BDS Part IV — in November(Clinical Pharmacology)Fifth year, BDS Part V — end of 5th year (I)Restorative Dentistry

(ii) Community and Preventive Dentistry(iii) Oral Surgery/Oral Medicine/Oral Pathology

3.2 Supplementary Examinations “insert in about 6 weeks after publication of results”.Normally Supplementary Examinations are taken in accordance with GeneralRegulations except where specified.First Year — in February following the University Examinations;Second Year — in August;Third Year — in August;Fourth Year — in January following the University Examinations;Fifth Year — in April following the University Examinations.

4. ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONSTo be admitted to the examinations for the BDS Degree, a candidate must:4.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the

General Regulations for students;4.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the

satisfaction of the appropriate Chairmen of Departments.

5. PROGRAMME5.1 Field Attachment

The Undergraduate Dental students are required to undertake 3 weeks of fieldattachment activities in the rural areas in each of the second, fourth, and final year.5.1.1 A Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination incorporating

experiences gained in the field attachments and knowledge forthcoming fromclinical input shall be taken as part of Part II of the course, coinciding with theexaminations in Anatomy and Physiology.

5.2 Pre-Clinical Division5.2.1 The Pre-Clinical courses begin at the same time as all other University courses

in the first year and much earlier (i.e. in February) in the second year.5.2.2 Department of Anatomy

Gross AnatomyMicroscopic AnatomyEmbryology

5.2.3 Department of PhysiologyThe course includes the study of:Cell PhysiologyThe cardiovascular SystemThe Respiratory SystemThe BloodThe Alimentary SystemMetabolism

174

The KidneyThe HormonesReproductionThe Nervous SystemGeneticsEnvironmental Physiology

5.2.4 Department of BiochemistryThe Course covers all aspects of a basic introduction to Biochemistry andMolecular Biology.

5.2.5 Department of Clinical PharmacologyAn introduction to General Pharmacology is followed by a Course on drugsacting on the various systems of the body.

5.2.6 Department of Community MedicineAn introduction to Community Health will include Epidemiology andBiostatistics and an Orientation for the field attachment project.

5.2.7 Department of PsychiatryA General introduction to Behavioural Sciences.

5.3 Clinical Division5.3.1 The overall clinical training commences in the first year of the programme,

continues throughout to the fifth year with introductory courses in ClinicalDentistry, General Surgery, General Medicine, Community Medicine, ClinicalPharmacology and General Pathology.

5.3.2 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination incorporating subjectmatter provided as part of the Clinical Input as well as that exercise gained inRural Attachment shall be given at the end of Part II (see 5.1).

5.3.3 The formal Pathology course (Chemical Pathology, Haematology,Histopathology, Medical Microbiology and Immunology) begins in the thirdterm of the second year. Oral Pathology shall continue to be taught in the fourthand fifth years and examined together with the major clinical subjects (see 3.1).

5.3.4 The formal Clinical Courses begin in the third year. The emphasis throughoutis on the importance of the patient and not merely his presenting disease, andthe major portion of this training is in the oral health clinics, lectures, tutorials,discussions and topic teaching. A multi-disciplinary approach is encouragedby the close integration of the Systemic Pathology and Oral Pathology lectureswith those of the clinical subjects. The attitude is further enhanced by topicteaching, where discussion may include any department within the Faculty.

5.3.5 During the 3rd and 4th years, oral health clinics training and teaching is basedon the tutorial system. In addition, there is a four week elective period in thefourth year, when students undertake a study of their own choice.

6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION6.1 General Regulations

6.1.1 Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery will be run in accordance withthe provisions in the General Academic Regulations.

6.1.2 Faculty Board of ExaminersThe Board of Examiners shall comprise of the Dean of the Faculty as Chairman,the Deputy Dean, the Chairman of each Department and the External Examiner

175

for the Department, plus normally, one other member of the Departmentnominated by the Departmental Panel of Examiners from each Departmentinvolved in the subjects for examination.

6.2 Bachelor of Dental Surgery Part I and Part IIAnatomy and Oral Anatomy AT2DMBiochemistry BC1DMPhysiology and Oral Physiology PY2DMBehavioural Sciences and Community Health BS2DM6.2.1 Examiners

There shall be at least one External Examiner for each of the subjects.Departmental Panels of Examiners shall be constituted in conformity with theGeneral Regulations of the University.

6.2.2 ExaminationsThe examinations which shall be held in the University, shall be divided intotwo parts, Part I being held at the end of the first year and Part II, Anatomy,Physiology and Behavioral Sciences and Community Health in or about themiddle of the second year of the programme.6.2.2.1 Anatomy (AT2DM)

6.2.2.1.1 Anatomy ExaminationsThe examinations shall comprise:

6.2.2.1.2 Written ExaminationOne x 2 hour essay/short questions papers (Paper I)(AT2DM/01)One 2x1/2 hour multiple choice paper 75 questions (PaperII) (AT2DM/02

6.2.2.1.3 Oral Examination (AT2DM/90)6.2.2.1.4 Practical Examination (AT2DM/50)6.2.2.1.5 Continuous Assessment of the year’s work covering class

tests in all terms and tutorials (AT2DM/80)6.2.2.1.6 Marking

Paper I 100Paper II 100Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 300

6.2.2.2 Biochemistry (BC1DM)6.2.2.2.1 Biochemistry Examinations (Special requirements)

The examinations shall comprise:6.2.2.2.2 Written Examination

One three-hour paper consisting of essays and shortanswer questions (BC1DM)

6.2.2.2.3 Oral Examinations (BC1DM/90)6.2.2.2.4 Continuous Assessment of the year’s work covering

practical laboratory work throughout the year, class testsin the first and second terms, and tutorials (BC1DM/80)

176

6.2.2.2.5 MarkingPaper I Essays/Short answer questions 500Paper II Oral Examinatioon 100Continuous Assessment 300TOTAL 900Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450 marks.

6.2.2.3 Physiology (PY1DM)6.2.2.3.1 Physiology Examinations

The examinations shall comprise:6.2.2.3.2 Written Examinations

One three hour essay papers (PY2DM/01) and one 2 1/2hour multiple choice question paper (PY2DM/02)

6.2.2.3.3 Oral Examinations (PY2DM/90)6.2.2.3.4 Continuous Assessment (including practicals)

(PY2DM/50) (PY2DM/80)6.2.2.3.5 Marking

Papers I 100Paper II (Essays) 300Continuous Assessment 300TOTAL 700

6.2.2.4 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health (BS2DM) taken at PartII only.6.2.2.4.1 Written Examinations (BS2DM)

One three-hour essay paper consisting of Section A andSection BSection A will contain three compulsory questions (60%of the marks) One question will be on Rural Attachment(20%) and the second will be on Behavioural Sciences(20%) and the third will be on Biostatistics (20%).Section B will consist of three questions1. Community Health2. Behavioural Sciences3. Rural AttachmentCandidates will be required to answer any two questions(maximum 40%)One two-hour multiple choice Behavioural Sciences andCommunity Health paper (BS2DM/02) contributed by allinterested parties.

6.2.2.4.2 MarkingPaper I 400Paper II 300Continuous Assessment. 300TOTAL 1000Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 500 marks.

177

6.2.3 Examination Procedures6.2.3.1 Setting of Question Papers

The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of theDepartmental Panel of Examiners.

6.2.3.2 ConductThe examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulationsprescribed by the University.

6.2.3.3 FailureCandidates must normally satisfy the examiners in Biochemistry atPart I before proceeding to Part II; and in all subjects at Part II(Anatomy and Oral Anatomy, Physiology and Oral Physiology,Behavioural Sciences and Community Health) before proceeding toPart III.Candidates obtaining between 40% and 49% shall normally be requiredto write supplementary examinations in the subject in which they havefailed. The General Academic Regulations shall apply for candidateswho fail more than half the subjects at Part II.In the case of the students who obtain less than 40%, in any of thesubjects, the General Regulations of the University shall apply.Candidates who fail the supplementary examinations shall normallybe required to discontinue from the Bachelor of Dental SurgeryProgramme.

6.2.3.4 Supplementary Examinations : MarkingThe marking scheme for Biochemistry at Part I, Anatomy and OralAnatomy, Physiology and Oral Physiology at Part II shall be asfollows:-Theory Paper 500Oral 100TOTAL 600Pass Mark 50% i.e. 300 marks.The Marking scheme for the Behavioural Sciences and CommunityHealth examination shall be as for the Part II Examination.

6.2.3.5 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Academic Regulations.

6.3 Third Year (BDS Part III)General PathologyGeneral SurgeryGeneral Medicine6.3.1 General Pathology (PG3DM)

6.3.1.1 ExaminersThere shall be five External Examiners, one each for ChemicalPathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Forensic Pathology,Immunology and Medical Microbiology.

6.3.1.2 ExaminationThe examination, which shall be held in the University shall comprise:

178

Paper I Histopathology and Forensic Pathology (PG,DM/01)Paper II Haematology and Microbiology (PG3DM/02)Paper III Chemical Pathology and Immunology (PG3DM/03)6.3.1.2.1 Each Paper shall be arranged in two sections:

(a) A multiple choice question paper in one hour twentyminutes forty questions.

(b) An essay paper (two hours) containing two sectionswith two questions to be answered in each section.

6.3.1.2.2 Practical examination (PG3DM/80) which shall consistof:1. Histopathology/Haematology 1 hour2. Medical Microbiology 1 hour3. Chemical Pathology 1 hour

6.3.1.2.3 Continuous Assessment (PG3DM/50) including theperformance in class examination andduring the oral health clinics.

6.3.1.2.4 Oral Examination (PG3DM/90) at which not less than 2examiners shall be present.

6.3.1.3 MarkingThe following are the marks which shall be allotted to each section ofthe examination:Written Paper 200Practical 50Continuous Assessment. 100Oral 50TOTAL 400Pass Mark 50% i.e. 200 marks.

6.3.2 General Surgery (SG3DM)6.3.2.1 Examiners

There shall be one External Examiner.6.3.2.2 Examinations

6.3.2.2.1 Written Examinations6.3.2.2.2 A Clinical examination (SG3DM/80) during which long

and short cases will be presented.6.3.2.2.3 An Oral examination (SG3DM/90) at which no less than

two examiners will be present.6.3.2.2.4 Continuous Assessment including marks obtained in

classwork and examinations held throughout the course.6.3.2.3 Marking

6.3.2.3.1 The setting of question papers shall be the responsibilityof the Departmental Panel of Examiners.

6.3.2.3.2 The examinations shall be conducted in conformity withthe regulations prescribed by the University for thispurpose.

6.3.2.3.3 Failure6.3.2.3.4 Supplementary Examinations

179

6.3.3General Medicine (MD3DM)6.3.3.1 External Examiners

There shall be one examiner.6.3.3.2 Examinations

6.3.3.2.1 Clinical Examinations during which OSCE or thetraditional long and short case.

6.3.3.2.2 Written examinations comprising of multiple choice paperof 1 1/2 hours.

6.3.3.2.3 Oral Examination (MD3DM/90)Candidates attend an oral examination at which no lessthan two examiners shall be present.

6.3.3.2.4 The setting of question papers shall be the responsibilityof the Departmental Panel of Examiners.

6.3.3.2.5 The examination shall be conducted in conformity withthe Regulations prescribed by the University for thispurpose.

6.3.3.2.6 Any candidate who fails the examination with a mark ofbetween 40% and 49% may be permitted to writesupplementary examinations in those subjects they havefailed, provided that where a candidate fails more thanhalf the subjects being offered, the General AcademicRegulations shall apply. A candidate shall not be admittedinto Part IV of the Bachelor of Dental Surgery until theSupplementary Examinations.

6.3.3.2.7 Supplementary Examinations.The marking scheme for, General Medicine

6.3.3.2.8 ResultsThe marking scheme for, General Medicine shall be asfollows:-Theory Paper 100Clinical Examination 200Oral Examination 50Total 350Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 175Results shall be determined in accordance with GeneralAcademic Regulations.

6.4 BDS Part IVClinical Pharmacology (CP4DM)6.4.1 Examiners

There shall be one External Examiner for Clinical Pharmacology.6.4.2 Examinations

6.4.2.1 Clinical Pharmacology (CP4DM)The examination, which shall be held in the University shall comprise:6.4.2.1.1 A written examination (three hours) (CP4DM/01) which

shall contain seven questions, the candidate to answerfive.

180

6.4.2.1.2 An Oral examination (CP4DM/90)Candidates selected by the Examiners may be required toattend an oral examination.

6.4.2.1.3 Marks obtained from Continuous Assessment andexaminations held throughout the course, shall be availableto the Examiners and shall be taken into consideration inthe final pass mark (CP4DM/50).

6.4.2.1.4 MarkingWritten Examination 200Oral Examination 50Continuous Assessment 50TOTAL 300Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150The examination shall be conducted in conformity withthe Regulations prescribed by the University for thispurpose.

6.4.2.1.5 Any candidate who fails the examination may be permittedto write supplementary examinations. A candidate shallnot be admitted to Part V until Part IV has been completed.

6.4.3 Supplementary Examinations(i) There shall be a three-hour written examination.(ii) There shall be an oral examination at which no less than two examiners

shall be present.6.4.4 Marking

Written Examination 200Oral Examination 100TOTAL 300Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150

6.4.5 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the GeneralAcademic Regulations.

6.5 BDS Part VRestorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistry, Oral Surgery/OralMedicine and Oral Pathology.6.5.1 Examiners

There shall be three External Examiners, one in each of Restorative Dentistry,Community and Preventive Dentistry and Oral Surgery/Oral Medicine/OralPathology.

6.5.2 Examinations6.5.2.1 There shall be written examinations in Restorative Dentistry,

Community and Preventive Dentistry and Oral Surgery, Oral Medicineand Oral Pathology.

6.5.2.2 Clinical and oral examinations shall be conducted in each of thesubjects Restorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistryand Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology.

181

6.5.3 Restorative Dentistry (RD5DM)6.5.3.1 There shall be two written papers of three hours each one in Operative

Dentistry and Cardiology and the second paper in Prosthodontics.6.5.3.2 A multiple choice question paper of one and half hours (RD5DM/01).6.5.3.3 A clinical examination (RD5DM/80)6.5.3.4 An oral examination.6.5.3.5 Written Paper (Essays) 400

Multiple Choice Paper 100Clinical Examination 150Oral Examination 100Continuous Assessment 150TOTAL 900Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450

6.5.4 Community and Preventive Dentistry (C5DM)6.5.4.1 There shall be a three hour written examination paper (C5DM/01)

comprising Paedodontics, Orthodontics, Community and PreventiveDentistry and a Community Project.

6.5.4.2 MarkingWritten Examination 200Rural Project 100Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 400Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 200

6.5.5 Oral Surgery/Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine (OSMP5DM)6.5.5.1 Written examination : There shall be two papers of two hours each.

Paper I:A two hour essay paper (OSMP5DM/01)Paper II: A two hour Multiple Choice Question paper.

6.5.5.2 A clinical examination (OSMP5DM/80) during which long and shortcases shall be presented or OSKI.

6.5.5.3 Oral Examination (OSMP5DM/90)Candidates to attend an oral examination for which no less than 2examiners shall be present.

6.5.5.4 MarkingEssays 100Multiple Choice Questions100Clinical and Practical Examination 200Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 500Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 250

6.5.6 Setting of PapersThe setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the DepartmentalPanel of Examiners.

6.5.7 Pass MarkThe pass mark in each subject shall be 50%. Candidates must satisfy theexaminers in both theory, practical and clinical, but candidates whose totalmark is 50% or more of the total marks in each subject, are not permitted to pass

182

unless they achieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in eachsubject. Candidates are required to present themselves in all subjects.

6.5.8 FailureAny candidate who is attempting the examination for the first time and whofails one of the three subjects with a mark of between 40% and 49% shallnormally be permitted to sit a supplementary examination in that subject orsubjects. A candidate who fails two or more subjects shall normally be allowedto apply to repeat. (GAR 10.6.3)

6.5.9 Supplementary ExaminationSupplementary examination for all the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Part Vsubjects shall be conducted as at the first sitting.

6.5.10 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the GeneralAcademic Regulations.

7. CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE7.1 Aims

7.1.1 To group the ten subjects in the Programme under two main headings and sogive due weight to their clinical importance in the professional sense.

7.2 Marking System75% + = Distinction65%–74% = Honours50%–64% = Pass0%–49% = Fail

7.3 Conditions of the Award of Honours and DistinctionsA candidate in the Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree may beawarded Honours or Distinction in any one subject according to the regulationsoutlined in 7.2 above, provided that:-7.3.1 he/she is presenting the subject for the first time;7.3.2 at the same time he/she obtains passes in all subjects which may be linked in

any part of the examinations in which he/she is a candidate.7.3.2.1 Pre-Clinical Courses:

BiochemistryAnatomy and Oral AnatomyPhysiology and Oral PhysiologyBehavioural Sciences and Community Health

7.3.2.2 Clinical Courses:PeriodonticsGeneral SurgeryGeneral PathologyGeneral MedicineClinical PharmacologyCommunity and Preventive DentistryOral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral PathologyRestorative Dentistry

183

7.4 Award of the Degree’With Honours’Successful candidates for the Degree of BDS may be awarded the degree’WithHonours’ providing that they meet the following requirements:-7.4.1 Subject Distribution

7.4.1.1 Pre-Clinical Course(i) Biochemistry Professional Part I(ii) Anatomy and Oral Anatomy Examination Part II(iii)Physiology and Oral Professional Part II

Physiology Examination(iv)Behavioural Sciences Examination Part II only

7.4.1.2 Clinical CourseGeneral PathologyGeneral Surgery ProfessionalGeneral Medicine Examination Part IIIClinical Pharmacology Professional Examination Part IV(i) Restorative Dentistry(ii) Community & Preventive Dentistry

Professional ExaminationsOral Surgery Part V

(iii) Oral Pathology Oral Medicine Periodontics

7.4.2 RegulationIn order to graduate with Honours, a student must obtain:-7.4.2.1 either

a total of six subject passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard outof the ELEVEN separate subjects examined in the pre-clinical andclinical sections of the programme provided that:-(i) at leaset ONE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction

standard is gained in the pre-clinical examinations (i.e. Parts Iand II); AND

(ii) at least FIVE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinctionstandard are gained in the clinical examination (i.e. Parts III, IVand V) one of which must be from among the three subjectscomprising the Part V Examinations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCESHONOURS DEGREE (B.MLS HONS)

(These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University’s General AcademicRegulations for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as GAR.)

1. PREAMBLE (REF GAR 2)1.1 This interdisciplinary degree programme broadly covers the medical laboratory

science subjects and is designed to:

184

a) give extensive theoretical knowledge of medical laboratory sciences;b) endow sound practical application of these sciences;c) enable the student to understand the disease state and to interpret medical

laboratory data;d) enable the candidate to carry out independent research.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3)2.1 Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements for

undergraduate degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specific requirements:2.2 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have:

2.2.1 passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any twoof the following three subjects:Biology (or Zoology)MathematicsPhysicsThe subject not offered at A Level must normally have been passed at O Level.

3. DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME3.1 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree programme requires

full-time attendance over a minimum period of four years.

4. STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4)4.1 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences honours degree programme will be

divided into 4 parts. Parts I, II, III and IV will take place in the first, second, third andfourth years respectively. Each part will commence at the beginning of the normalacademic year.

4.2 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree will be awarded to astudent after having successfully completed the approved courses and passed theexaminations in accordance with regulations set out below.

4.3 Part I (First Year)The following courses will be taught:Course CodeCell Biology HMLS101Genetics and Molecular Biology HMLS102Laboratory Principles HMLS103Biochemistry HMLS104Microbiology HMLS105Histology HMLS106Blood Transfusion Science and Immunology HMLS107

4.4 Part II (Second Year)The following courses will be taught:Course CodeBiochemical Techniques HMLS204Microbiological Techniques HMLS205Histological Techniques HMLS206Blood Transfusion Science and Immunological Techniques HMLS207

185

Haematological Techniques HMLS208Biostatistics and Research Methodology HMLS209Laboratory Management Systems HMLS210

4.5 Part III (Third Year)4.5.1 A student shall be seconded to a clinical laboratory. The laboratory experience

will be in all the clinical disciplines.Course CodeLaboratory Attachment HMLS390

4.6 Part IV (Fourth Year)The following clinical courses will be taught:Course CodeBiochemistry HMLS404Microbiology HMLS405Histology HMLS406Blood Transfusion Science and Immunology HMLS407Haematology HMLS408Research Project HMLS460An extensive research project that is laboratory oriented shall be undertaken by eachstudent. The project write up shall be submitted by the end of April of the fourth year.

4.7 Attachment to Clinical LaboratoriesThe student may be seconded sequentially to the clinical laboratories. A student in thesecond and fourth year may be seconded to the laboratories at an appropriate time. Thethird year student shall be seconded to the laboratories for the period of a normalacademic year.

5. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION5.1 This will be in accordance with the University’s General Academic Regulations.5.2 The final classification of the degree shall be obtained from all the courses of the

Programme.5.3 The overall mark for the Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree

shall be derived from the marks obtained in all parts of the programme as follows:Part I 15%Part II 25%Part III 20%Part IV 40%

6. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 6)Upon satisfactorily completing the third year laboratory attachment there will be a practicalexamination (HMLS390) in all the medical laboratory disciplines. These 2 components area pre-requisite for admission into the fourth year courses.6.1 Continuous assessment will consist of assignments, tests, essays and laboratory work

in the first, second and fourth years. This shall account for 25% of the overallevaluation. In the third year a student shall be assessed by his/her tutor and seniormedical laboratory personnel by use of log books designed by the department with thehelp of the approved medical laboratories. This shall account for 25% of the overallevaluation.

186

6.2 The written papers shall test the principles of medical laboratory sciences (first year),the methods utilized in these medical sciences (second year) and pathology andinterpretation of laboratory results (fourth year). The practical examinations shall bein all medical laboratory disciplines and shall test the competence of the student inapplying the laboratory techniques used in a clinical laboratory.

6.3 Part I shall consist of:Code Description Duration MarksHMLS101 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS102 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS103 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS104 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS105 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS106 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS107 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS180 Continuous Assessment 350HMLS190 Practical Examination 5 hours 350 (All Courses)TOTAL MARKS 1400

6.4 Part II shall consist of:Code Description Duration MarksHMLS204 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS205 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS206 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS207 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS208 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS209 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS210 Theory Paper 2 hours 100HMLS280 Continuous Assessment 350HMLS290 Practicals (All courses) 10 hours 350TOTAL MARKS 1400

6.5 Part III shall consist of:Code Description Duration MarksHMLS380 Continuous Assessment 50HMLS390 Practicals (all courses) 10 hours 350TOTAL MARKS 400

6.6 Part IV shall consist of:Code Description Duration MarksHMLS404 Theory Paper 3 hours 100HMLS405 Theory Paper 3 hours 100HMLS406 Theory Paper 3 hours 100HMLS407 Theory Paper 3 hours 100HMLS408 Theory Paper 3 hours 100HMLS480 Continuous Assessment 250HMLS460 Project 250TOTAL MARKS 1000

6.7 The examiners may at their discretion require any candidate to attend an oral examination.

187

7. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN A PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8)7.1 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must pass each course and pass the

practical examination as well as the fourth year project.

8. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS (REF GAR 10)8.1 A student who fails supplementary examinations in any courses in Part I, II, III and IV

shall be required to repeat those courses that he/she has failed with the exception thatin Part IV if a student fails a project, he/she shall be required to resubmit it.

8.2 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the GAR.8.3 Resubmission of a project may be permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6

months of the Senate’s decision.

REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE ANDBACHELOR OF SURGERY (MBChB)

1. INTRODUCTIONThese Regulations apply only to students who are in full-time attendance at the Universityof Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with the University’s General Regulationsfor Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.The MBChB Degrees will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completedapproved courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulations set out below. TheDegrees are awarded in two categories - the MBChB Degrees with Honours and the MBChBDegrees.

2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION2.1 Entry to the University:

All prospective entrants must satisfy the entry requirements of the University.2.2 Course Requirements:

2.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normallyhave:Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Language andMathematics;Passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any twoof the following three subjects:Biology (or Zoology)MathematicsPhysicsThe subject not offered at A Level must normally have been passed at ‘O’Level.

3. DATES OF EXAMINATIONS3.1 University Examinations:

The professional Examinations for the Degrees of MBChB will normally take place atthe following times:

188

First year, MBChB Part I — in or about the 14th week of the second semester.(Biochemistry)Second year, MbchB Part II — in or about the 16th week of the Part II Second Year(Anatomy, Behavioural Science and Community HealthExamination and Physiology.)Third year, MBChB Part III — in March of the third semester, Third Year(Chemical Pathology, Haematology,Histopathology, MedicalMicrobiology, Forensic Pathology, Immunology)Fourth year, MBChB Part IV — in May(Clinical Pharmacology,Community Medicine andPsychiatry) Clinical PathologyExaminations to be incorporatedinto the major clinical subjectsbeing examined.Fifth year, MBChB Part V — in July(Obstetrics & GynaecologyMedicine, Paedriatrics and Surgery)Clinical PathologyExaminations to be incorporatedinto major clinical subjectsbeing examined.

3.2 University Supplementary ExaminationsNormally Supplementary Examinations are taken in accordance with GeneralRegulations except where specified.

4. ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONTo be admitted to the examination for the MBChB Degrees, a candidate must:4.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the

General Regulations for students;4.2 have completed approved Courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the

satisfaction of the appropriate Chairmen of Departments.

5. PROGRAMME5.1 Field Attachments

The Undergraduate medical students are required to undertake field attachmentactivities in the rural areas of four weeks duration in each of the second third and finalyear.5.1.1 Behavioural Science and Community Health examination incorporating

experiences gained in the field attachements and knowledge forthcoming fromClinical input shall be taken as part of Part II of the course, coinciding with theexaminations in Anatomy and Physiology.

5.2 Pre-Clinical Division5.2.1 The Clinical Courses begin at the same time as all other University courses in

the first year and much earlier in the Second Year.

189

5.2.2 Department of AnatomyGross AnatomyMicroscopic anatomyEmbryology

5.2.3 Department of PhysiologyThe course includes the study ofCell PhysiologyThe Cardiovascular SystemThe Respiratory SystemThe BloodThe Alimentary SystemMetabolismThe KidneyThe HormonesReproductionThe Nervous SystemGeneticsEnvironmental Physiology

5.2.4 Department of BiochemistryThe Course covers all aspects of a basic introduction to Biochemistry andMolecular Biology.Department of Clinical PharmacologyAn introduction to General Pharmacology is followed by a Course on drugsacting on the various systems of the body.

5.3 Clinical Division5.3.1 The clinical training commences in the first year of the programme, continues

throughout the second year with introductory courses in Clinical Medicine,Community Medicine, Clinical Pharmacology, Chemical Pathology,Haematology, Histopathology, Medical Microbiology, Psychiatry andBehavioural Sciences being co-ordinated with the pre-clinical disciplines.

5.3.2 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination incorporating subjectmatter provided as part of the Clinical Input as well as that exercise gained inrural attachments shall be given at the end of Part II (See 5.1).

5.3.3 The formal Pathology Course (Chemical Pathology, Haematology,Histopathology, Medical Microbiology and Immunology) begins in the thirdterm of the second year. Clinical Pathology shall continue to be taught in thefourth and fifth years and examined together with the major clinical subjects.(see 3.2).

5.3.4 The formal Clinical Course begins in the 3rd year. The emphasis throughout ison the importance of the patient and not merely his presenting disease, and themajor portion of this training is on the wards, supplemented by formal lectures,tutorials, discussions and topic teaching. A multi-disciplinary approach isencouraged by the close integration of the systematic pathology lectures withthose of the clinical subjects. This attitude is further enhanced by topicteaching, where discussion may include any department within the Faculty.

5.3.5 During the 3rd and 4th years, ward clerking and teaching is based on the tutorialsystem, emphasising the elicitation of signs and symptoms and differential

190

diagnosis. In the final year, the students act as assistant House Staff and presentthe cases they have admitted both on the ward rounds and in demonstrations tothe whole class. In addition, there is a 5-week elective period in the final year,when students undertake a study of their own choice.

6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION6.1 General Regulations:

6.1.1 Examinations for degrees of MBChB will be run in accordance with theprovisions in the General Regulations.

6.1.2 Faculty Board of ExaminersThe Chairman of the Board of Examiners shall comprise the Dean and DeputyDean of the Faculty, the Chairman of each Department and the ExternalExaminer for the Department, plus normally, one other member of theDepartment nominated by the Departmental panel from each Departmentinvolved in the subjects for examination.

6.2 First and Second Years MBChB Part IPart I: Biochemistry BC1MPart II: Anatomy AT2M

Physiology PY2MBehavioural Sciences and Community Health (BS2M)

6.2.1 ExaminersThere shall be at least one External Examiner for each of the three subjects.Departmental Panels of Examiners shall be constituted in conformity with theGeneral Regulations of the University.

6.2.2 ExaminationsThe examination, which shall be held in the University, shall be divided intotwo parts, Part I (Biochemistry (BC1M) being held at the end of the first year.Part II Anatomy (AT2M),Physiology (PY2M) and Behavioural Sciences andCommunity Health (BS2M) being examined in the middle of the second year.6.2.2.1 Anatomy (AT2M)

6.2.2.1.1 Anatomy Examinations (Special requirements)The examinations shall comprise:

6.2.2.1.2 Written ExaminationsTwo two-hour essay papers (AT2M/01 and AT2M/02)and one two-hour multiple choice question paper(AT2M/03)

6.2.2.1.3 Oral Examinations (AT2M/90)6.2.2.1.4 Practical Examinations (AT2M/50)6.2.2.1.5 Continuous Assessment

MarkingPaper I and Paper II (Essays) 300Paper III (Multiple Choice Questions) 200Orals and Practicals 100Continuous Assessment 300TOTAL 900Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450

191

6.2.2.2 Biochemistry6.2.2.2.1 Biochemistry Examinations (Special Requirements)

The examinations shall comprise:6.2.2.2.2 Written Examinations

One three-hour paper consisting of essays and shortanswer questions (BC1M/01).

6.2.2.2.3 Oral Examinations (BC1M/90)6.2.2.2.4 Continuous Assessment of the year’s work covering:

practical laboratory work throughout the year, class testsin the first and second terms, and tutorials. BC1M/50 andBC2M/50) BC1M/80 and BC2M/80)

6.2.2.2.5 MarkingPaper I 500Paper II 100Continuous Assessment 300TOTAL 900Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450 marks.

6.2.2.3 Physiology (PY2M)6.2.2.3.1 Physiology Examinations (Special Requirements)

The examinations, which shall be of the same format forboth Parts I and II, shall comprise:

6.2.2.3.2 Written ExaminationsTwo three-hour essay papers (PY2M/01and PY2M/02)and one -hour multiple choice question paper (PY2M/03)

6.2.2.3.3 Oral Examinations (PY2M/90)6.2.3.3.4 Continuous Assessment (including Practicals)

(PY2M/50) (PY2M/80)6.2.2.3.5 Marking

Paper I and Paper II (Essays) 300Paper III (Multiple Choice Questions) 200Oral Examinations 100Continuous Assessment (includingPracticals) 300TOTAL 900Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450

6.2.2.4 A Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination (BS2M.)taken at Part Two only.6.2.2.4.1 Written Examinations (BS2M/01)

Paper I6.2.2.4.1.1 One three-hour essay paper consisting of

Section A and Section B.Section A will contain three compulsoryquestions (60% of the marks). One questionwill be on Rural Attachment (20%) and thesecond will be on Behavioural Sciences(20%), and the third will be on Biostatistics(20%).

192

Section B will consist of three questions:1. Community Health2. Behavioural Sciences3. Rural AttachmentCandidates will be required to answer anytwo questions (maximum 40%).

6.2.2.4.1.2 Paper IIOne two-hour Multiple Choice Questionpaper consisting of 60 questions. Thequestions will be selected from the followingtopics:Rural Attachment 15Behavioural Sciences(Psychology, Anthropology andSociology) 12Biostatistics 10Environmental Health/Occupational Health 6Family Health 5Communication Skills 5Miscellaneous CommunityHealth Sciences: (Community Organisation, PoliticalEconomy, Basic Epidemiology,HealthPromotion) 7TOTAL 60

6.2.2.4.1.3 Continuous Assessment (BS2M/80) willcarry 30% of the marks and will be based onwritten assignments and projects in FamilyHealth case study, Rural Attachment, andCommunication Skills presentation.

6.2.2.4.2 MarkingPaper I 400Paper II 300Continuous Assessment 300TOTAL 1000Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 500 marks

6.2.3 Examination Procedures6.2.3.1 Setting of Question Papers

The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of theDepartmental Panel of Examiners.

6.2.3.2 Conduct:The examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulationsprescribed by the University.

193

6.2.3.3 FailureCandidates must normally satisfy the examiners in all subjects of theexamination, namely;(i) Anatomy(ii) Biochemistry(iii)Physiology(iv)Behavioural Sciences and Community Health ExaminationCandidates obtaining between 40% and 49% shall normally be requiredto write supplementary examinations in the subject in which they havefailed. In the case of students who obtain less than 40%, in any of thesubjects, the General Regulations of the University shall apply.Candidates who fail the supplementary examinations shall normallybe required to discontinue from the programme of studies in theFaculty of Medicine.A candidate may not proceed to the second year of the programmeuntil he has passed all four subjects at Part I.

6.2.3.4 Supplementary Examinations :MarkingThe marking scheme for Biochemistry (Part I) Anatomy and Physiology(Part II) shall be as follows:Theory Papers 500Oral 100TOTAL 600Pass Mark 50% i.e. 600 marks.The marking scheme for the Behavioural Sciences and CommunityHealth examination shall be as for the June Examination.

6.2.3.5 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Regulations.

6.3 Third Year MBChB Part III(Chemical Pathology, Forensic Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Immunologyand Medical Microbiology).6.3.1 Pathology (Code PG3M)

6.3.1.1 Examiners:There shall be five External Examiners, one each for ChemicalPathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Forensic Pathology,Immunology and Medical Microbiology.

6.3.1.2 ExaminationThe examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise:6.3.1.2.1 Written Examinations: 3 papers

Paper I Histopathology and ForensicPathology (PG3M/01)Paper II Haematology and MedicalMicrobiology (PG3M/02)Paper III Chemical Pathology andImmunology (PG3M/03)

194

Each paper shall be arranged in two sections:(a) A multiple choice question paper of one hour twenty

minutes containing forty questions;(b) An essay paper (two hours) containing two sections

with two questions to be answered in each section.6.3.1.2.2 Practical examination (PG3M80) which shall consist of:

1) Histopathology/Haematology 1 hour2) Medical Microbiology 1 hour3) Chemical Pathology/Immunology 1 hour

6.3.1.2.3 Classwork (PG3M/50) including the performance in classexaminations and during the period of Pathologyattachment.

6.3.1.2.4 The examiners may require any candidate to attend anoral examination at which not less than two examinersshall attend.

6.3.1.3 Marking:Paper I 75Paper II 75Paper III 75Practical 75Classwork 100TOTAL 400Pass Mark 50%, i.e. 200 marks6.3.1.3.1 The Pathology Examination is a composite examination.

The overall mark determines whether a candidate passesor fails.

6.3.1.4 Setting of Papers:The setting of papers shall be the responsibility of the DepartmentalPanel of Examiners.

6.3.1.5 ConductThe examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulationsprescribed by the University for this purpose.

6.3.1.6 FailureAny candidate who fails the examination with an overall mark ofbetween 40% and 49% may be permitted to write a SupplementaryExamination. The marking schedule for this examination shall be:-MarksPaper I 50Paper II 50Paper III 50Oral IV 50TOTAL 200Pass Mark : 50% i.e. 100 marksA candidate shall not be admitted to Fourth Year (MBChB Part IV)until Part III has been completed.

195

6.3.1.7 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Academic Regulations.

6.4 Fourth Year MBChB Part IVClinical Pharmacology, Community Medicine, Psychiatry)6.4.1 Examiners:

There shall be three External Examiners, one each for Clinical Pharmacology,Community Medicine and Psychiatry.

6.4.2 Examinations6.4.2.1 Clinical Pharmacology: (CP4M)

The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise:6.4.2.1.1 A written examination (three hours) : CP4M/016.4.2.1.2 An oral examination: (CP4M/90)

Candidates selected by the Examiners may be required toattend an oral examination.

6.4.2.1.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations heldthroughout the course, shall be available to the Examinersand shall be taken into consideration in the final passmark (CP4M/50). The final pass mark will be 50%.

6.4.2.2 Community Medicine: (CM4M)The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise:6.4.2.2.1 A written examination (Three hours):

(CM4M/01) which shall consist of one compulsoryquestion and five other questions, of which the candidateis to answer four questions.

6.4.2.2.2 An oral examination: (CM4M/90)At which not less than two Examiners shall be present.

6.4.2.2.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations heldthroughout the course, including marks in Biometrics,shall be available to the Examiners and shall be taken intoconsideration in the final assessment (CM4M/50).Marking: A maximum of 20 marks shall be awarded foreach question in the written paper and 50 marks shall bethe maximum attainable in the oral examination.Pass mark: 50% i.e. 75 marks.

6.4.2.3 Psychiatry: (PZ4M)6.4.2.3.1 A written examination (three hours) :

(PZ4M/01) which shall contain 100 multiple choicequestions, one essay or long Clinical Case History.Candidates to attempt all questions.

6.4.2.3.2 An oral examination : (PZ4M/90)At which not less than two Examiners shall be present.

6.4.2.3.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations heldthroughout the Course, shall be available to the Examinersand shall be taken into consideration in the final assessment(PZ4M/50).

196

Marking: The multiple choice questions shall be allocated100 marks. The essay question or long Clinical CaseHistory shall be allocated 50 marks. The oral examinationshall be allocated 50 marks and the continuous assessmentshall be allocated 100 marks.Pass mark : 50% i.e. 150

6.4.3 Setting of PapersThe setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the DepartmentalPanel of Examiners.

6.4.4 ConductThe examination shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulationsprescribed by the University for this purpose.

6.4.5 FailureAny candidate who fails the examination may be permitted to writeSupplementary Examinations. Candidates who fail in one or more subjectsmay sit Supplementary Examinations in those subjects which they have failed.A candidate shall not be admitted to the 5th year MBChB Part V until the wholeof Part IV has been completed.

6.4.6 ResultsResults shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the GeneralRegulations.

6.5 Fifth Year MBChB Part V(Medicine, Obstetrics & Gynaecology, Paediatrics & Surgery)6.5.1 Examiners

There shall be four External Examiners, one in each of Surgery, & Gynaecology,Medicine and Paediatrics and Child Health.

6.5.2 Examinations6.5.2.1 There shall be a written examination in Surgery, including surgical

specialities, elementary anaesthetics and dentistry, and in Obstetricsand Gynaecology, and there shall be a written examination in Medicine,including therapeutics and medical specialities not otherwisedesignated, and in Paediatrics and Child Health.

6.5.2.2 Clinical and oral examinations shall be conducted in each of thesubjects Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Medicine andPaediatrics and Child Health.

6.5.3 Medicine, (Code MD5M) and Obstetrics & Gynaecology: (OG5M)6.5.3.1 One case history paper with 6 case histories and 20 questions on each.

Candidates are expected to answer all questions. The paper is markedout of 60 with 10 marks given to each case history. (MD5M/01) or(OG5M/01)

6.5.3.2 A multiple choice question paper of one and a half hours: a maximumof 60 marks shall be allotted for this paper. (MD5M/01) or (OG5M/02)

6.5.3.3 A clinical examination : a maximum of 150 marks shall be allotted forthis section. (MD5M/80) or G5M/80)

6.5.3.4 An oral examination : a maximum of 30 marks shall be allotted for thissection. (MD5M//90) or (OG5M/90)

197

6.5.4 Surgery: (SG5M)6.5.4.1 A multiple choice question paper of two hours : a maximum of 50

marks shall be allotted (SG5M/90).The Department and Faculty records of the work and assessment ofeach candidate shall be available to the Examiners at the Examiners’Meeting in each subject and at the combined Examiners’ Meeting.(SG5M/50)

6.5.5 Paediatrics and Child Health (PD5M)6.5.5.1 A written examination comprising two papers (PD5M/01 and 02); of

which (PD5M/02) shall be a Multiple Choice paper.6.5.5.2 A clinical examination, during which long and short cases shall be

presented. (PD5M/80)6.5.5.3 The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination.

(PD5M/90)An assessment of studies undertaken during the student’s attachmentto the Department may be taken into account. (PD5M/50)

6.5.6 Setting of Papers:The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the DepartmentalPanel of Examiners.

6.5.7 Pass Marks:The pass mark in each Subject shall be 50%. Candidates must satisfy theExaminers in both theory and clinical, but candidates whose total mark is lessthan 150 out of 300 in each Subject, are not permitted to pass unless theyachieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in each subject.Candidates are required to present themselves in all Subjects.

6.5.8 Failure:Any candidate who is attempting the examination for the first time and whofails one or more of the four Subjects shall normally be permitted to sit aSupplementay Examination in that subject or subjects.

6.5.9 Results:Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the GeneralRegulations.

7. CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES7.1 Aims

7.1.1 To group the twelve subjects in the Programme under two main headings andso give due weight to their clinical importance in the professional sense;

7.1.2 To maintain the present marking system.7.2 Marking System:

75% + = Distinction65%–74% = Honours50%– 64% = Pass 0–49% = Fail

7.3 Conditions of the Award of Honours and Distinctions:A candidate in the Examinations for the Degrees of MBChB may be awarded Honoursor Distinctions in any one subject according to the regulations outlined in 7.2 above,provided that:7.3.1 he/she is presenting the subject for the first time;

198

7.3.2 at the same time he/she obtains passes in all subjects which may be linked inany part of the examinations in which he/she is a candidate.7.3.2.1 Pre-Clinical Course:

BiochemistryAnatomyPhysiologyBehavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination

7.33. Clinical Course: PathologyClinical PharmacologyCommunity MedicinePsychiatryMedicineObstetrics and GynaecologyPaediatrics and Child HealthSurgery

7.4 Award of the Degrees’With Honours’Successful candidates for the Degrees of MBChB may be awarded degrees’WithHonours’ providing that they meet the following requirements:7.4.1 Subject Distribution

7.4.1.1 Pre-Clinical Course:Biochemistry ] Professional Examination Part IAnatomy ]Physiology ]

Professional Examination Part II

Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examinations7.4.1.2 Clinical Course:

Pathology ] Professional Examinations Part IIIClinical Pharmacology ]Community Medicine ]

Professional Examinations Part IVPsychiatry ]Medicine ]Obstetrics and Gynaecology ] Professional Examinations Part VPaediatrics and Child Health ]Surgery ]

7.4.2 RegulationIn order to graduate’With Honours’ a student must obtain:-7.4.2.1 either a total of SIX subject passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard out

of the TWELVE separate subjects examined in the pre-clinical and clinicalsections of the Programme providing that:(i) at least ONE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction

standard is gained in the pre-clinical examinations (i.e. Parts I and II) and;

(ii) at least FIVE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinctionstandard are gained in the clinical examination (i.e. Parts III, IV, andV) ONE of which must be from among the four subjects comprisingthe Part V Examinations.

199

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE DEGREE (BNS)

1. PROGRAMME OF STUDY1.1 The Bachelor of Nursing Science degree shall be awarded to candidates who have

successfully completed the approved programme of study and examinations inaccordance with the regulations set out below as read together with the GeneralAcademic Regulations.

1.2 The General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate degrees shall take precedencewhenever there arises a conflict between them and these Regulations.

1.3 The programme for the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree shall extend over threeyears of full-time study. For Parts II and III each academic year normally commenceson or about the third week of July terminating in May and terminating during Novemberof each year with two vacations during the year. For Part I, the academic year willnormally commence in August at the same period as all undergraduate first yearadmissions.

1.4 All candidates shall have an option to specialise in any one of the following fields:(i) Nursing Administration(ii) Nursing Education(iii) Community Nursing

1.5 In the Nursing Education field, a candidate may specialise as either:(i) a General Nurse EducatorOR(ii) a Midwifery Nurse Educator

The degree programme shall be divided into three parts namely Part I, Part IIand Part III. All specialisation shall begin in Part II of the degree programme.

2. MINIMUM ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR)To be eligible for admission to the programme for the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree,

applicants must have satisfied the following requirements:2.1 Registration with the Health Professions Council as a General Nurse along with at least

2 years relevant experience and a minimum of 5 O Level passes at Grade C or betteror their equivalents including English Language and an approved science subject and,

2.2 Two A Level passes or their equivalents, one of which shall be a science subject (eitherBiology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics): OR

a good Diploma in Nursing Education or equivalent: OR

satisfactory completion of the special one year Bachelor of Nursing Science PreparatoryCourse offered by the University of Zimbabwe or equivalent.

3. COURSES3.1 First Year (Part I) will consist of studies in the following subject areas:

3.1.1 Applied Biochemistry (half course) NSC1013.1.2 Applied Biophysics (half course) NSC1023.1.3 Anatomy NS1033.1.4 Physiology NS1043.1.5 Sociology NS1053.1.6 Psychology NS106

200

3.1.7 Nursing Theory and Process I NS1073.1.8 Practical/Clinical work relating to above subjects will be undertaken as

applicable.3.2 Second Year (Part II) shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:

3.2.1 Pharmacology (half course) NS2013.2.2 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) NS2023.2.3 Community Health Nursing I NS2033.2.4 Nursing Education I NS2043.2.5 Nursing Administration I NS2053.2.6 Research Methods I NS2063.2.7 Nursing Theory and Process II NS2073.2.8 Optional Majors

(i) NS208 Community Health Nursing II or(ii) NS209 Nursing Education II or(iii) NS210 Nursing Administration II.

3.2.9 Practical/clinical work relating to above subjects shall be undertaken asapplicable.

3.3 Third Year (Part III) shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:3.3.1 Health Planning and Nursing Ethics NS3013.3.2 Research Methods II NS3023.3.3 Nursing Theory and Process III NS3033.3.4 Nursing Theory and Process IV (Elective) NS3043.3.5 Optional Majors

NS305 Nursing Education III orNS306 Nursing Administration orNS307 Community Health Nursing IIIincluding Major Research Project in Speciality Area NS360

3.3.6 Practical/clinical work relating to above subjects shall be undertaken asapplicable.

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION4.1 Continuous Assessment:

Marks shall be obtained from theory tests, class assignment of practical and clinicalwork, as well as written papers and such continuous assessment shall constitute 25%of the overall mark.

4.2 Assessment of Candidates:4.2.1 Candidates must normally pass at Part I before proceeding to Part II and at Part

II before proceeding to Part III.4.2.2 The Part I Examinations in Applied Biochemistry (NS101) and Applied

Biophysics (NS102) shall normally be held during the third week of July of thefirst year and these will consist of one two-hour written paper in each subjectconsisting of short essay questions.

4.2.3 Examinations in all other subjects of Part I shall be held during November ofthe Part I year.They will consist of one three-hour paper in each subject.

201

4.2.4 Part II:Examinations in the following subjects:Pharmacology NS201Microbiology and Parasitology NS202Community Health Nursing I NS203Nursing Education I NS204Nursing Administration I NS205shall normally be held in the third week of July of the second year. ForPharmacology (NS201) and Microbiology and Parasitology (NS202) theexaminations shall consist of a two-hour written paper in each subject consistingof short essay questions while for Nursing Education I, (NS204) NursingAdministration I (NS205) and Community Health Nursing I (NS203) thereshall be one three-hour paper in each subject.

4.2.5 Examinations in all other subjects of Part II shall be held in November of thePart II year. They shall consist of the following:Nursing Research Methods I (NS206) 3 hoursNursing Theory and Process II (NS207) 3 hoursAND

Community Health Nursing II (NS208) 2 hoursOR

Nursing Education (NS209) 2 hoursOR

Nursing Administration II (NS210) 2 hours4.2.6 Part III

4.2.6.1 Examinations shall be held in November of the Part III year. Theseshall consist of the following:Health Planning and Nursing Ethics (NS301) 3hrsNursing Research Methods II (NS302) 3hrsNursing Theory and Process III (NS303) 3hrsNursing Theory and Process IV (NS304) 3hrsAND

Nursing Education III (NS305) 2hrsOR

Nursing Administration III (NS306) 2hrsOR

Community Health Nursing III (NS307) 2hrs4.2.6.2 A research project (NS360) of approximately 10000 words in the

Speciality Area (3.3.5) shall be required to be undertaken by eachstudent during the third year and constitute 50% of the overall mark in:Nursing Education III orNursing Administration III orCommunity Health Nursing III.

4.2.6.3 Each research project must be submitted not later than the 7th ofOctober of the Part III year.

4.2.7 Oral ExaminationIn each year there shall be an oral examination in Nursing Theory and ProcessI, II, III and IV which shall constitute 25% of the overall mark in that subject.

202

This shall be designed to test the practical and clinical knowledge gained duringattachments. The Examiners may, at their discretion, require any candidate toattend oral examinations in other subjects in Part I, II and III to assess whethersuch a candidate passes or not.

5. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS5.1 The marks for the Degree Programme shall be distributed as Part I Examination

Applied Biochemistry (half course) 50Applied Biophysics (half course) 50Anatomy 100Physiology 100Sociology 100Psychology 100Nursing Theory and Process I 100Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 700

5.2 Part II ExaminationPharmacology (half course) 50Microbiology & Parasitology (half course) 50Community Health Nursing I 100Nursing Administration I 100Research Methods I 100Nursing Theory and Process II 100Optional Majors(i) Nursing Education II or(ii) Nursing Administration II or(iii) Community Health Nursing 100Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 800

5.3 Part III ExaminationHealth Planning and Nursing Ethics 100Research Methods II 100Nursing Theory and Process III 100Nursing Theory and Process IV (Elective) 100Optional Majors(i) Nursing Education III or(ii) Nursing Administration or(iii) Health Nursing III 100including Major Research Project in Speciality Area 100Continuous Assessment 100TOTAL 700

5.4 Supplementary Examination (Ref GAR)A candidate who fails to pass the examinations in July may on the recommendation ofthe Examiners and at the discretion of the Senate be allowed to sit a supplementaryexamination in September of that year. Supplementary examinations may be taken inaccordance with the General Academic Regulations.

203

6. CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREEThe degree shall be classified on the results for Parts II and III examinations the weighting

being in the ratio of one combined Part II marks and two for the combined Part IIImarks.

7. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARDING OF DEGREESThe results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN NURSING SCIENCEBSc (Hons) NS

1. PREAMBLE (REF. GAR)1.1 The Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Nursing Science (BSc Hons NS) shall be

awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the approved programme ofstudy and examination set out below as read together with the General AcademicRegulations.

1.2 The General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees shall take precedencewhenever there arises a conflict between them and these regulations.

1.3 The programme for the Bachelor of Science Honours in Nursing Honours Degree shallextend over four years of full - time study. The degree programme shall be divided intofour Parts, namely Parts I, II, III, and IV. The programme will consist of Part I (Pre-clinical Year), Part II (First Professional Year), Part III (Second Professional Year) andPart IV (Third Professional Year).

1.4 Each academic year for Part I shall normally commence in March at the same periodas all undergraduate first year admissions. For Parts II, III and IV, the academic yearshall normally commence on or about the third week of January and terminating duringDecember of each year with two vacations during the year.

1.5 Part I (Pre-clinical Year) will cover biological, social and natural sciences.1.6 Part II (First Professional Year), Part III (Second Professional Year) and Part IV (Third

Professional Year) will cover clinical nursing subjects and other applied sciencesubjects.

2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (REF. GAR)2.1 To be eligible for admission to the BSc Hons NS applicants must have satisfied the

following specific requirements;2.1.1 Minimum of 5 ‘O’ Level passes with grade C or better or their equivalent

including English and Biology and one of the following:Mathematics, Chemistry or Physics. AND

2.1.2 Minimum of 2 ‘A’ Level passes of any two of the following:Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics. The subject not passed at ‘A’Level must normally have been passed at ‘O’ Level.

3. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (REF. GAR)3.1 Part I shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:

204

3.1.1 Applied Biochemistry (half course) NS1013.1.2 Applied Biophysics (half course) NS1023.1.3 Anatomy NS1033.1.4 Physiology NS1043.1.5 Sociology SO1013.1.6 Psychology PS101

3.2 Part II shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:3.2.1 Nursing Foundations NSC2013.2.2 Introduction to Microbiology and Parasitology in Nursing NSC2023.2.3 Medical-Surgical Nursing I NSC2033.2.4 Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing NSC2043.2.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice I NSC2053.2.6 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical-Surgical Nursing I NSC280

Clinical practice assessments relating to Medical-Surgical Nursing I shall beundertaken in central hospitals and shall include:3.2.6.1 Utilization of the Nursing Process to formulate a Nursing Care Plan3.2.6.2 Aseptic Technique3.2.6.3 Drug Administration

3.3 Part III shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:3.3.1 Nursing Research I NSC3013.3.2 Maternal Child Health and Midwifery Theory and Practice NSC3023.3.3 Medical – Surgical Nursing II NSC3033.3.4 Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing Theory and Practice NSC3043.3.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice II NSC3053.3.6 Community Health Nursing Theory and Practice NSC3063.3.7 Pharmacology (half course) NSC3073.3.8 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) NSC3083.3.9 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical – Surgical Nursing II

NSC380Clinical Practice Assessments relating to Medical-Surgical Nursing II shallinclude total patient/client care and teaching for intermediate care. The NursingProcess, Nursing Theories, Nursing Models and the Primary Health CarePhilosophy will be utilized.

3.4 Part IV shall consist of studies in the following subject areas:3.4.1 Nursing Education NSC4013.4.2 Nursing Administration/Management NSC4023.4.3 Medical-Surgical Nursing III NSC4033.4.4 Nursing Research II (Project) NSC460

The Research Project shall focus on Medical - Surgical Nursing.3.4.5 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical - Surgical Nursing III

NSC480Clinical Practice assessments in Medical-Surgical Nursing III shall beundertaken in the relevant settings and shall focus on total patient/client careon high dependency clients utilizing the Nursing Process, Nursing Theoriesand Nursing Models.

3.4.6 Clinical Practice Assessments relating to Nursing Administration/Managementshall be undertaken in Medical – Surgical Nursing Units and shall include UnitManagement and Clinical Teaching.

205

3.4.7 Clinical Practice Assessments relating to Nursing Education shall includeClassroom Teaching in the relevant settings.

4. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF. GAR)4.1 Parts I, II, III and IV shall have final examinations in the form of written papers and /

or practicals/clinicals.4.2 Continuous Assessments

Candidates must achieve a score of 50% or better for clinical practice assessments toqualify for admission to the examination each year in all nursing subjects with a clinicalcomponent. Theory tests, class assignments and clinical assignments shall constitute25% of the overall mark for each subject.

4.3 The Research Project (3.4.4) shall be submitted not later than the last day of Part IVcourse work preceding the revision period for final examinations.

4.4 Timing of examinationsAll examinations for full courses in Parts I, II, III and IV shall normally be held inNovember of each year (at the end of each academic year). Half courses are normallyexamined at the end of the semester / term (half year in which they are taken).

4.5 Part I Examinations (all Written Papers)4.5.1 Applied Biochemistry (half course) NS101 2 hrs4.5.2 Applied Biophysics (half course) NS102 2 hrs4.5.3 Anatomy NS103 3 hrs4.5.4 Physiology NS104 3 hrs4.5.5 Sociology SO101 2 hrs4.5.6 Psychology PS101 3 hrs

4.6 Part II Examinations4.6.1 Nursing Foundations (Written Paper) NSC201 2 hrs4.6.2 Introduction to Microbiology and

Parasitology in Nursing(Written Paper) NSC202 2 hrs4.6.3 Medical – Surgical Nursing I (Written Paper) NSC20 3 hrs4.6.4 Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing

(Written Paper) NSC204 2 hrs4.6.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice I

(Clinical and Oral) NSC205 30mins4.6.6 Clinical Practice and Assessments in

Medical – Surgical Nursing I(Clinical and Oral) NSC280

4.7 Part III Examinations4.7.1 Nursing Research I (Written Paper) NSC301 2 hrs4.7.2 Maternal Child Health and Midwifery

Theory and Practice (Written Paper) NSC302 2 hrs4.7.3 Medical – Surgical Nursing II

(Written Paper) NSC303 2 hrs4.7.4 Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing

Theory and Practice (Written Paper) NSC304 2 hrs4.7.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice II

(Clinical and Oral) NSC305 40mins

206

4.7.6 Community Health Nursing Theory andPractice (Written Paper) NSC306 2 hrs

4.7.7 Pharmacology (half course) (Written Paper) NSC307 2 hrs4.7.8 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course)

(Written Paper) NSC308 2 hrs4.7.9 Clinical Practice and Assessments in

Medical – Surgical Nursing II(Clinical and Oral) NSC380

4.8 Part IV Examinations4.8.1 Nursing Education (Written Paper) NSC401 2 hrs4.8.2 Nursing Administration/Management

(Written Paper) NSC402 2 hrs4.8.3 Medical -Surgical Nursing III

(Written Paper) NSC403 2 hrs4.8.4 Nursing Research II (Project) NSC4604.8.5 Clinical Practice and Assessments in

Medical –Surgical Nursing III(Clinical and Oral) NSC480

4.9 Oral ExaminationsIn addition to the clinical and oral examination components indicated in each Part, theExaminers may, at their discretion, require any candidate to attend oral examinationsin any subjects in Parts I, II, III, and IV to assess whether such a candidate passes ornot, or attains merit or distinction.

4.10 Proceeding in the ProgrammeCandidates should pass Part I before proceeding to Part II, Part II before proceeding toPart III and Part III before proceeding to Part IV. The courses offered on thisprogramme depend on incremental knowledge. Students are required to pass eachsubject in a part before they can proceed to the next part. Parts II to IV are theprofessional parts of the programme and each student shall be required to pass eachcourse therein before proceeding to the next part.

5. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKSThe marks of the Degree Programme shall be distributed as follows: -5.1 Part I Examinations

Applied Biochemistry (half course) NS101 50Applied Biophysics (half course) NS102 50Anatomy NS103 100Physiology NS104 100Sociology SO101 100Psychology PS101 100Total 500

5.2 Part II ExaminationsNursing Foundations NSC201 100Introduction to Microbiology and Parasitologyin Nursing NSC202 100Medical – Surgical Nursing I NSC203 300

207

Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing NSC204 100Health Assessment Theory and Practice I NSC205 100Clinical Practice and Assessments inMedical – Surgical Nursing I NSC280 300Total 1000

5.3 Part III ExaminationsNursing Research I NSC301 100Maternal Child Health and MidwiferyTheory and Practice NSC302 100Medical – Surgical Nursing II NSC303 300Mental Health and Psychiatric NursingTheory and Practice NSC304 100Health Assessment Theory and Practice II NSC305 100Community Health Nursing Theory and Practice NSC306 100Pharmacology (half course) NSC307 50Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) NSC308 50Clinical Practice and Assessments inMedical –Surgical Nursing II NSC380 300Total 1200

5.4 Part IV ExaminationsNursing Education NSC401 100Nursing Administration/Management NSC402 300Medical-Surgical Nursing III NSC403 400Nursing Research II (Project) NSC460 400Clinical Practice and Assessments inMedical – Surgical Nursing III NSC480 400Total 1600

5.5 Supplementary Examinations (Ref. GAR)Normally, Supplementary Examinations shall be held in accordance with the GeneralAcademic Regulations approximately two months after the results have been released.

6. CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES (REF. GAR)The BSc Hons NS shall be awarded in the following categories:First Class 75% - 100%Upper Second Class 65% - 74%Lower Second Class 60% - 64%Third Class 50% - 59%These classifications will be based on the candidate’s overall performance in theParts I, II, III, and IV examinations and weighted in the ratio 1:2:3:4.

7. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARDING OF DEGREESThe results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.

208

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF PHARMACY HONOURS DEGREE(BPharm Hons)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University’s General

Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as theGeneral Regulations.

1.2 The BPharm Hons Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfullycompleted approved Courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulationsbelow.

1.3 The BPharm Hons Degree shall be awarded in the following divisions:First, Upper Second, Lower Second and Third.1.4 In these Regulations, ‘University’ means the University of Zimbabwe.

2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSIONTo be eligible for admission to the Course for the BPharm Hons Degree, applicants must

satisfy the General Entry requirements of the University and the following requirements:-2.1 Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Language and Mathematics;2.2 Passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any two of the

following three Subjects:-Biology (or Zoology)MathematicsPhysics (The Subject not offered at Advanced Level must, normally, have been passedat Ordinary Level).

3. PROGRAMME OF STUDYThe Programme for the BPharm Hons Degree shall extend over not less than four years offull-time study, as follows:-3.1 First Year: (Part I)

Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Chemistry, Physiology and Pharmacy Practice.3.2 Second Year: (Part II)

Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Business Administration, PharmaceuticalChemistry, Pharmacology, Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacy Practice.

3.3 Third Year: (Part III)Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacy,Clinical Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice and Community Medicine.

3.4 Fourth Year: (Part IV)3.4.1 Approved courses in Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical

Pharmacy and Pharmacy Practice.3.4.2 Research Project

A research project will be undertaken by each student in an approved field,occupying not more than ten to twelve hours per week during the final year.

4. EXAMINERSExaminers shall be appointed by the University Senate. The Chief Examiner shall be theChairman of the Department of Pharmacy.

209

5. ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONSTo be admitted to examinations for the BPharm Hons Degree, a candidate must have:-5.1 registered as a student of the University in accordance with the General Regulations;5.2 fulfilled all obligations with regard to the payment of fees, in accordance with the

General (Fees) Regulations;5.3 completed the approved Courses of study at the University to the satisfaction of the

Chairmen of the appropriate Departments.

6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION6.1 The examination shall be divided into four Parts, and candidates must satisfy the

Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II, at Part II before proceeding to Part IIIand at Part III before proceeding to Part IV.

6.2 The examinations for the BPharm Degree will normally be held at the end of the firstSemester and at the end of the academic year for all the parts.

6.3 Parts I, II, III and IV form the final examination. The Degree will be classified on theresults of the Part I, II, III and IV examinations, weighted equally.

6.4 The Examiners may, at their discretion, require any candidate to attend an oralexamination.

6.5 Where a practical examination is included in any Subject:6.5.1 the mark for the practical examination may include an assessment of practical

Coursework not exceeding 25% of the final mark for the examination as awhole;

6.5.2 a candidate must satisfy the Examiners in both the theory and practicalexaminations

6.6 A Research project will form the practical work for the first and second semesters ofthe final year of the programme. An assessment of the project not exceeding 20% ofthe final year total mark will be included as part of the composite mark for the Part IVexamination.

7. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS7.1 A candidate who fails to satisfy the Examiners may, on the recommendation of the

Examiners and at the discretion of the University, be allowed to sit a SupplementaryExamination.

7.2 A candidate who fails the Supplementary Examination shall normally be required towithdraw from the Degree Course but, on the recommendation of the Examiners andat the discretion of the University, may be allowed to repeat the year of study.

7.3 A candidate repeating any Part of the BPharm Hons Degree is not required to repeatpassed subjects.

7.4 If one of the Courses (Forensic Pharmacy, Community Medicine and BusinessAdministration) is failed at Supplementary level, that Course may be carried forwardto the subsequent year, and be written at the same time as the regular examinations inthese Courses.

8. PART I EXAMINATION8.1 Examiners:

There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners, one in each of Chemistry,Pharmaceutics, Physiology and Pharmacy Practice.

210

8.2 Examination:The examination shall comprise the following four sections:-8.2.1 Chemistry: (CH101, CH102, CH103 and CH105)

Four two-hour written papers and, at the discretion of the University Examiners,a practical examination (CH180) as per current BSc Degree Regulations.

8.2.2 Pharmaceutics: (PCU101 and PCU102)Two two and half hour theory papers. The practical mark in Pharmaceutics willnormally consist of marks given for Coursework (PCU105). However, it iswithin the discretion of the University Examiners to require candidates to sita practical examination (PCU180) in order to determine the final practicalmark.

8.2.3 Written Examinations (Physiology)One three-hour mcq/essay paper (PY1P/01)One three-hour practical paper (PY1P/80)Continuous assessment (PY1P/50)(including practicals)

8.2.4 Pharmacy Practice (PP101)One two and half hour theory paper based on topics in Social Pharmacy

and Biostatistics8.3 Pass Mark:

The pass mark shall be 50%.8.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment

8.4.1 Chemistry:The overall grade in Part I Chemistry is evaluated according to:Final Examination 67%Practical 15%Test 12%Assignment 6%TOTAL 100%Tests are normally held at the end of the first semester for paper CH102 andCH105 and at the end of second semester for papers CH101 and CH103. Theaverage mark from papers CH101, CH102, CH103 and CH105 is used todetermine the overall pass mark. Normally Part I students are exempted fromthe Chemistry practical examination by passing the practical course oncontinuous assessment. The chemistry mark will represent 30% of the total PartI marks.

8.4.2 Pharmaceutics:Final Examination 75%Theory Tests 12,5%Practical 12,5%TOTAL 100%The average from two end of semester tests constitutes 12,5% of the final mark.The average from weekly practicals constitutes the practical continuousassessment mark, and the average from 2 practical tests constitutes theremaining 50%. (A third practical test is set for students who do not achieve60% or better in the first two practical tests). Students must achieve a minimum

211

of 60% overall for the practical continuous assessment. The Pharmaceuticsmarks will represent 30% of the total Part I marks.

8.4.3 Physiology:Paper 1 300Practical 100Continuous Assessment (including practicals) 200TOTAL 600The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination(Pass mark 50%)The average from weekly practicals and the practical examination constitutesthe practical continuous coursework assessment. The Physiology marks willrepresent 30% of the total Part I marks.

8.4.4 Pharmacy PracticeFinal Examination 75%Theory Tests 25%TOTAL 100%The marks for Pharmacy Practice will represent 10% of the Part I marks.

9. PART II EXAMINATION9.1 Examiners:

There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners, one in each of Pharmaceutics,Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice andBusiness Administration.

9.2 Examination:The examination shall comprise the following sections:-9.2.1 Pharmaceutical Chemistry:

Three two-hour theory papers (PCH201, PCH202 and PCH203)(Paper PCH202 will be based on Biochemistry) (Paper PCH203 will be basedon Pharmacognosy) and at the discretion of the Examiners a practicalexamination (PCH280). The Pharmaceutical Chemistry marks will represent25% of the total Part II examination marks.

9.2.2 PharmacologyOne three hour theory paper in Pharmacology (PMY201) and at the discretionof the Examiners, a practical examination (PMY2P80). The practical mark forPharmacology will normally consist of marks given for Coursework(PMY2P50). The Pharmacology marks will represent 20% of the total Part IImarks.

9.2.3 Clinical PharmacyOne two and half hour paper which will be devoted to topics in Pathophysiology(CPM201). The Clinical Pharmacy marks will represent 10% of the total PartII examination marks.

9.2.4 PharmaceuticsTwo, two and half hour theory papers in Pharmaceutics (PCU201 and PCU202).(Paper PCU202 will be devoted to topics in Pharmaceutical Microbiology).The practical mark in Pharmaceutics will normally consist of marks given forCoursework (PCU250). However it is within the discretion of the University

212

Examiners to require candidates to sit a practical examination (PCU280) inorder to determine the final practical mark. The Pharmaceutics mark willrepresent 25% of the total Part II examination marks.

9.2.5 Pharmacy PracticeOne two and half hour paper (PP201) which will be devoted toPharmacoepidemiology. The marks for the Pharmacy Practice paper willrepresent 10% of the Part II examination marks.

9.2.6 Business AdministrationTwo one and half hour paper (BS101 and BS105). The marks for the BusinessAdministration paper will represent 10% of the Part II marks

9.3 Pass Mark:The pass mark shall be 50% in each subject.

9.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment9.4.1 Pharmaceutics (PCU201 and PCU202)

Final Examination 75%Theory Tests 12,5%Practical 12,5%TOTAL 100%The average from two end of semester tests constitutes 12,5% of the finalmark.The average from weekly practicals constitutes 50% of the practicalcontinuous assessment mark and the average from 2 practical tests constitutesthe remaining 50%. (A third practical test is set for students who do not achieve60% or better in the first two practical tests). Students must achieve a minimumof 60% overall for the practical continuous assessment.

9.4.2 Pharmacology (PMY201)Final Examination 75%Theory Tests 12,5%Practicals 12,5%TOTAL 100%

9.4.3 Pharmaceutical Chemistry9.4.3.1 Pharmaceutical Analysis (PCH201)

Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 15%Practicals 10%TOTAL 100%

9.4.3.2 Biochemistry (PCH202)Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 15%Practicals 10%TOTAL 100%

9.4.3.3 Pharmacognosy (PCH203)Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 15%Practicals 10%TOTAL 100%The final marks in Pharmaceutical Chemistry will be allocated asfollows:

213

PCH 201 40%PCH 202 30%PCH 203 30%TOTAL 100%

9.4.4 Business Administration (BS101 and BS105)Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 25%TOTAL 100%Tests are normally held at the end of the first semester for paper BS101 and theend of the second semester for paper BS105.

9.4.5 Pharmacy Practice (PP201)Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 25%TOTAL 100%

9.4.6 Clinical Pharmacy (CPM201)Final Examination 75%Semester Tests 25%TOTAL 100%

10. PART III EXAMINATION10.1 Examiners:

There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners one in each of Pharmaceutics,Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice, CommunityMedicine and Clinical Pharmacy.

10.2 Examination:The examination shall comprise the following sections:-10.2.1 Pharmaceutics:

One two and half hour paper in Pharmaceutics (PCU301). The marks for thePharmaceutics paper will represent 15% of the Part III marks.

10.2.2 Pharmaceutical Chemistry:One two and half hour paper in Pharmaceutical Chemistry (PCH301).Themarks for the Pharmaceutical Chemistry paper will represent 15% of the PartIII marks.

10.2.3 Clinical PharmacologyTwo two-hour theory papers in Clinical Pharmacology: (CP301 and CP302).The marks for Clinical Pharmacology will represent 20% of the Part III marks.

10.2.4 Clinical PharmacyOne two and half hour theory paper (CPM301) in Drug Information. The marksfor the Clinical Pharmacy paper will represent 10% of the Part III marks.

10.2.5 Community Medicine:One three hour paper (CM301). The marks for Community Medicine willrepresent 10% of the Part III marks.

10.2.6 Pharmacy Practice10.2.6.1 Forensic Pharmacy:

One two and half hour paper (PP301) written at the end of the firstsemester. The marks for Forensic Pharmacy will represent 15% of thePart III marks.

214

10.2.6.2 Dispensing:One three hour practical examination in Dispensing (PP302). Thecoursework in Dispensing Will consist of marks given for weeklypracticals as well as two practical tests at the end of the first and secondsemesters (PP305). The marks for Dispensing will represent 15% ofthe Part III marks.

10.3 Pass mark:The pass mark shall be 50% in each subject.

10.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment:10.4.1 Clinical Pharmacology: (CP301 and CP302)

Continuous Assessment to be 25% of the final mark.This is to be made up as follows:

Case histories 10%Tests 10%Oral Examination 5%

10.4.2 Clinical Pharmacy (CPM301)Final 75%Semester Tests 25%TOTAL 100%

10.4.3 Pharmaceutical Chemistry (PCH301)Practicals 10%Semester Tests 15%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

10.4.4 Pharmaceutics: (PCU301)Semester Tests 12,5%Practicals 12,5%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

10.4.5 Community Medicine (CM301)25% of the marks in the professional examination will be allocated to continuousassessment as far as Community Medicine is concerned. The breakdown of the25% is as follows:Class examination 15%Essay 10%

10.4.6 Pharmacy Practice10.4.6.1 Forensic Pharmacy (PP301):

Tests 25%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

10.4.6.2 Dispensing (PP302)Practicals 12.5%Dispensing Tests 12.5%Final Examination 75%

TOTAL 100%Students must achieve a minimum of 60% overall in this subject.

215

11. PART IV EXAMINATION11.1 Examiners:

There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners one in each of Pharmaceutics,Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmacy Practice.

11.2 Examination:The examination shall comprise the following sections:-11.2.1 Clinical Pharmacy:

Two two and half hour papers (CPM401 and CPM402) (Paper CPM401 will behased on Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Toxicology) (Paper CPM402 will bebased on Therapeutics). This subject will represent 25% of the Part IV marks.

11.2.2 Pharmaceutics:One two and half hour paper (PCU401). The marks for the Pharmaceutics paperwill represent 20% of the Part IV marks.

11.2.3 Pharmacy Practice:One two and half hour paper (PP401). The marks for the Pharmacy Practicepaper will represent 10% of the Part IV marks.

11.2.4 Pharmaceutical ChemistryOne two and half hour paper (PCH401). The marks for the PharmaceuticalChemistry paper will represent 20% of the Part IV marks.

11.2.5 Research Project (RP470)A literature survey and experimental work on a topic approved by the Chairmanof the Department of Pharmacy in consultation with the Chairman of the otherDepartment concerned. The research project will represent 25% of the Part IVmarks. If a candidate chooses NOT to do a research project, then he/she is onlyeligible for consideration for an award in the Pass (Third) Division.

11.3 Pass Mark:The pass mark shall be 50% in each section.

11.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment11.4.1 Clinical Pharmacy

Semester Tests 12,5%Clinical Attachments 12,5%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

11.4.2 Pharmacy Practice:Practice Attachments 12,5%Semester Tests 12,5%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

11.4.3 Pharmaceutics:Drug Development Workshop 10%Practical 5%Tests 10%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

216

11.4.4 Pharmaceutical Chemistry:Practical 10%Semester Tests 15%Final Examination 75%TOTAL 100%

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE INRADIOGRAPHY (DIAGNOSTIC)

These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University’s General AcademicRegulation for undergraduate degrees, herein after referred to as (GAR)

1. PREAMBLE (REF. GAR 2)1.1 This degree programme is the basic qualification for the practice of Diagnostic

radiography.1.2 This degree will be offered in the department of Radiology, University of Zimbabwe.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3)Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements f o rundergraduate degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specificrequirements.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally

have:-2.1.1 At least three passes in any three of the following, Mathematics, Chemistry,

Physics, Biology or Zoology, at Advanced Level of the G.C.E. of an approvedboard or equivalent.

2.2 Normally candidates may be required to attend an interview as part of the selectionprocess.

3. The senate may exempt a student from part one of the programme.

4. DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4)The BSc Radiography requires full time attendance over a period of 4 years.

5. STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4)5.1 The Bachelor of Science in Radiography degree programme will be divided into four

parts. Part I, II, III and IV which will take place in the first, second, third and fourthacademic years respectively.

5.2 Part 1 shall consist of introduction to principles and practice of diagnostic Radiography.Course Code

5.2.1 Anatomy and Physiology and Pathology RD1015.2.2 General Physics. RD1025.2.3 Radiation and Imaging Sciences. RD1035.2.4 Patient Management, Psychology and Ethics. RD1045.2.5 Radiographic Practice IA RD105

217

5.2.6 Radiographic Practice 1B RD1065.2.7 Clinical Practice I RD107

5.3 Part II consists of the following coursesCourse Code

5.3.1 Radiographic Instrumentation and Imaging I RD2015.3.2 Radiographic Practice IIA RD2025.3.3 Radiographic Practice IIB RD2035.3.4 Clinical Practice II RD204

5.4 Part III shall consist of the following courses:Course Code

5.4.1 Radiographic Instrumentation and Imaging II RD3015.4.2 Radiographic Practice III RD3025.4.3 Applied Radiographic Practice RD3035.4.4 Information Technology and Introduction to Research RD3045.4.5 Psychology and Sociology RD3055.4.6 Ultrasound Imaging I RD3065.4.7 Nuclear Medicine I RD3075.4.8 Clinical Practice III RD308

5.5 Part IV consists of the following courses:Course Code

5.5.1 Current trends in Imaging modalities RD4015.5.2 Ultrasound Imaging II (Option 1) RD4025.5.3 Nuclear Medicine II (Option II) RD4035.5.4 Management RD4045.5.5 Clinical Practice IV RD405

Candidates have to complete either RD 402 or RD 403.5.6 Research Project - (RD406) candidates shall be required to perform and write up a

research project of 10 000 to 15000 words in Diagnostic imaging or related subjects.The topic of the research shall be approved by the Department of Radiology by the endof Part III. The final research project should be handed in for marking six months beforesitting for the final examinations.

5.7 Clinical Practice (Ref GAR 4)5.7.1 The clinical practice component shall consist of a series of attachments to

Imaging Departments of selected and approved centres. This commences in thefirst year of the programme and continues throughout the second and thirdyears with attachment to general radiography, accident and emergency, mobileradiography, fluoroscopy, theatre radiography, mammography, specialisedprocedures, darkroom, reception, nursing procedures, paediatric radiography& radiotherapy. Students will also have introductory clinical training incomputerised tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, Digital subtractionangiography, ultrasound and radionuclide imaging.In the fourth year students will have in depth clinical training in eitherradionuclide imaging or ultrasound imaging. Student will also have clinicaltraining in digital subtraction angiography, computerised tomography andmagnetic resonance imaging.

218

5.8 Clinical AssessmentStudents will fill in a record of clinical practice (log book), which will be signed bysupervising radiographers at the end of every week of clinical attachment. Students willhave formative practical assessments in each clinical placement. Summative assessmentswill be performed in prescribed clinical areas.

5.9 Continuous AssessmentA combination of course assignments, end of block tests, case studies and oralpresentations will be used in the continuos assessment. A minimum of three assessmentsper part of the course shall be used.

6. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 5)6.1 This will be in accordance with the University’s GAR for undergraduate programs.6.2 The overall mark of the Bachelor of Science Radiography degree shall be d e r i v e d

from marks obtained in the parts of programme as follows:Part 1 20%Part 2 20%Part 3 25%Part 4 35%

7. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATESExaminations shall comprise written papers and multiple choice of varying length but notmore than 3 hours each depending on the course. Viva voces may be given at the discretionof departmental board.7.1 Course work shall be examined as specified in paragraph 5.9.7.2 Research work shall be examined by the research project as specified in paragraph 5.67.3 Written Assessment

7.3.1 Two Hour Written PaperThe paper will have three divisions i.e. A to C. Division A will comprise five,five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten markquestions of which students should answer three questions. Division C willcomprise four, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer threequestions.

7.3.2 Three Hour Written PaperThe paper will have four divisions i.e. A - D. Division A will comprise five, fivemark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questionsof which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprisefour, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions.Division D will comprise three twenty five mark questions of which two mustbe answered.

7.4 PART I7.4.1 Paper 1 (RD101)

There shall be a one, one hour multiple choice paper to cover 5.2.1., that is,Anatomy Physiology and Pathology. This will be followed by a 2 hour shortanswer paper to cover the same area. The style of the paper will be as specifiedin 7.3.1.

219

7.4.2 Paper II (RD102 & RD103)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 i.e., General Physics,Radiation and Imaging Sciences. The style of the paper will be as described in7.3.1.

7.4.3 Paper III (RD104)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.4 i.e., Patient Management,Pyschology and Medical Ethics. The style of the paper will be as described in7.3.1.

7.4.4 Paper IV (RD 105 & 106)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.5 and 5.2.6 i.e., Radiographic Practice1A and 1B. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5 PART II7.5.1 Paper I (RD201)

There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.1 i.e., Radiographic Instrumentation& Imaging. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5.2 Paper II (RD202)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.2 i.e., Radiographic Practice IIA. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5.3 Paper III (RD203)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.3 i.e., Radiographic Practice IIB. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6 PART III7.6.1 Paper I (RD301)

There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.1 i.e., Radiographic Instrumentation& Imaging II. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.2 Paper II (RD302 & 303)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 i.e., Radiographic PracticeIII and Applied Radiographic Practice. The style of the paper will be asdescribed in 7.3.1.

7.6.3 Paper III (RD304)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.4 i.e., Information Technology &Introduction to Research. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.4 Paper IV (RD305)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.5 i.e., Psychology & Sociology. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.5 Paper V(RD306)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.6 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging I. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.6 Paper VI (RD307)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.7.i.e., Nuclear Medicine I. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.7 PART IV7.7.1 Paper I (RD401)

There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Current Trends in ImagingModalities. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.7.2 Paper II (RD402)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.2 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging II (OptionI). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

220

7.7.3 Paper III(RD403)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.3 i.e., Nuclear Medicine (Option II).The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.7.4 Paper IV (RD404)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Management Studies. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.8 Distribution of Marks7.8.1 Part I Examinations

Description MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Paper IV 100Continuous assessment 200Clinical assessment 200Total 800

7.8.2 Part II ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Continuous assessment 150Clinical assessment 150Total 600

7.8.3 Part III ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Paper IV 100Paper V 100Paper VI 100Continuous assessment 300Clinical assessment 300Total 1200

7.8.4 Part IV ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II (Option I) 100Paper III (Option II) 100Paper IV 100Continuous assessment 300Clinical assessment 300Total 900Research Project 500Grand Total 1400

7.8.5 The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination.

221

8. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8 AND GAR10)8.1 The general academic regulations will apply for the BSc radiography (Diagnostic).8.2 Candidates who fail in the clinical assessments of any part of the course shall not sit the

written examination of that part of the course.8.3 Supplementary Examinations

General academic regulations will apply for the BSc radiography (Diagnostic)8.4 Resubmission of the research project shall be in accordance with the GAR and may be

permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6 months of the senate’s decision.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE INRADIOGRAPHY (THERAPEUTIC)

These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University’s General AcademicRegulation for undergraduate degrees, herein after referred to as (GAR)

1. PREAMBLE (REF. GAR 2)1.1 This degree programme is the basic qualification for the practice of therapeutic

radiography.1.2 This degree will be offered in the department of Radiology, University of Zimbabwe.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF. GAR 3)Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements for undergraduate

degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specific requirements.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have:-

2.1.1 At least three passes in any three of the following, Mathematics, Chemistry,Physics, Biology or Zoology, at Advanced Level of the G.C.E. of an approvedboard or equivalent.

2.2 Normally candidates may be required to attend an interview.

3. The senate may exempt a student from part (a) one of the programme.

4. DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR4)The BSc Radiography requires full time attendance over a minimum of 4 years.

5. STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4)5.1 The Bachelor of Science in Radiography degree programme will be divided into four

parts. Part I, II, III and IV which will take place in the first, second, third and fourthyears respectively.

5.2 Part 1 consist of introduction to principles of Therapeutic radiography.Course Code

5.2.1 Anatomy, Physiology and Pathology RT1015.2.2 General Physics. RT1025.2.3 Radiation and Imaging Sciences RT1035.2.4 Patient Management, Psychology and ethics. RT104

TIC)

ad insity’s

forafter

is ther theeutic

in thelogy,

GAR

222

5.2.5 Radiotherapy Practice I RT1055.2.6 Oncology I RT 1065.2.7 Clinical Practice I RT107

5.3 Part II consists of the following:Course Code

5.3.1 Therapeutic Radiography Instrumentation I RT2015.3.2 Radiotherapy Practice II RT2025.3.3 Oncology II RT2035.3.4 Clinical Practice II RT204

5.4 Part III consists of the following.Course Code

5.4.1. Therapeutic Radiography Instrumentation II RT3015.4.2. Radiotherapy Practice III RT3025.4.3. Oncology III RT3035.4.4. Information Technology and Introduction to Research RT3045.4.5. Ultrasound Imaging I RT3055.4.6. Nuclear Medicine I RT3065.4.7. Counselling RT3075.4.8. Clinical Practice III RT308

5.5 Part IV shall consist of the followingCourse Code

5.5.1 Current trends in Imaging and Treatment modalities RT4015.5.2 Ultrasound Imaging II RT4025.5.3 Nuclear Medicine II RT4035.5.4 Management RT4045.5.5 Clinical Practice IV RT405

Candidates have to complete either RT 402 or RT 403.5.6 Research Project (RT 406)-Candidates shall be required to perform and write up a

research project of 10 000 words to 15 000 words in Therapeutic Radiography andrelated subjects. The topic of the research shall be approved by the Department ofRadiography by the end of Part III. The final research project should be handed in formarking six months before writing for the final examinations.

5.7 Clinical Practice (REF GAR 4)The clinical practice component shall consist of a series of attachments to RadiotherapyDepartments. The clinical training commences in the first year and continues throughoutthe second and third years with attachment to the following areas.Pre-radiotherapy assessment clinics, Radiotherapy planning unit, External beamtreatment units - Cobalt 60, Mould room - linear Accelerator, On treatment clinics +ward rounds, Follow-up clinics, Chemotherapy, Intra-cavity treatment unity,Computerised treatment planning and Wards (oncology)Students will also have an introductory clinical training in Computerised Tommography,Magnetic resonance imaging , Ultrasound & Radionuclide imaging.In the fourth year students will have in-depth clinical training in either RNI ultrasoundtechniques.

5.8. Clinical AssessmentStudents will fill in a record of clinical practice(log book) which will be signed bysupervising radiographers at the end of every week of clinical attachment. Students will

223

have formative practical assessments in each clinical placement. Summative assessmentswill be performed in prescribed clinical areas.

5.9 Continuous AssessmentA combination of course assignments, end of block tests, case studies and oralpresentations will be used in the continuos assessment. A minimum of three assessmentsper part of the course shall be used.

6. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 5)6.1 This will be in accordance with the University’s GAR for undergraduate programs.6.2 The overall mark of the Bachelor of Science (Hons) Radiography degree shall be

derived from marks obtained in the parts of programme as follows:Part 1 20%Part 2 20%Part 3 25%Part 4 35%

7. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 6)Examinations shall comprise written papers and multiple choice of varying length but notmore than 3 hours each depending on the course. Viva voces may be given at the discretionof the departmental (board) panel of examiners.7.1 Course work shall be examined as specified in paragraph 5.9.7.2 Research work shall be examined by the research project as specified in paragraph 5.67.3 Written Papers

7.3.1 Two Hour Written PaperThe paper will have three divisions i.e. A to C. Division A will comprise five,five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten markquestions of which students should answer three questions. Division C willcomprise four, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer threequestions.

7.3.2 Three Hour Written PaperThe paper will have four divisions i.e. A - D. Division A will comprise five, fivemark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questionsof which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprisefour, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions.Division D will comprise three twenty five mark questions of which two mustbe answered.

7.4 PART I7.4.1 Paper 1 (RT101)

There shall be a one, one hour multiple choice paper to cover 5.2.1., that is,Anatomy Physiology and Pathology. This will be followed by a 2 hour shortanswer paper to cover the same area. The style of the paper will be as specifiedin 7.3.1.

7.4.2 Paper II (RT102 & RT103)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 i.e., General Physics,Radiation and Imaging Sciences. The style of the paper will be as described in7.3.1.

224

7.4.3 Paper III (RT104)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.4 i.e., Patient Management,Pyschology and Medical Ethics. The style of the paper will be as described in7.3.1.

7.4.4 Paper IV (RT 105 & 106)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.5 and 5.2.6 i.e., Radiotherapy Practiceand oncology. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5 PART II7.5.1 Paper I (RT201)

There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.1 i.e., Therapeutic RadiographyInstrumentation I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5.2 Paper II (RT202)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.2 i.e., Radiotherapy Practice II. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.5.3 Paper III (RT203)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.3 i.e., Oncology II. The style of thepaper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6 PART III7.6.1 Paper I (RT301)

There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.1 i.e., Therapeutic RadiographyInstrumentation II. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.2 Paper II (RT302 & 303)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 i.e., Radiotherapy PracticeIII and Oncology III. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.3 Paper III (RT304)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.4 i.e., Information Technology &Introduction to Research. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.4 Paper IV (RT305)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.5 i.e., Psychology & Sociology. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.5 Paper V(RT306)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.6 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging I. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.6.6 Paper VI (RT307)There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.7.i.e., Nuclear Medicine I. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.

7.7 PART IV7.7.1 Paper I (RT401)

There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Current Trends in Imaging andTreatment Modalities. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.7.2 Paper II (RT402)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.2 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging II (OptionI). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.7.3 Paper III(RT403)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.3 i.e., Nuclear Medicine (Option II).The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

225

7.7.4 Paper IV (RT404)There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Management Studies. The styleof the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.

7.8 Distribution of Marks7.8.1 Part I Examinations

Description MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Paper IV 100Continuous assessment 200Clinical assessment 200Total 800

7.8.2 Part II ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Continuous assessment 150Clinical assessment 150Total 600

7.8.3 Part III ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II 100Paper III 100Paper IV 100Paper V 100Paper VI 100Continuous assessment 300Clinical assessment 300Total 1200

7.8.4 Part IV ExaminationsDescription MarksPaper I 100Paper II (Option I) 100Paper III (Option II) 100Paper IV 100Continuous assessment 300Clinical assessment 300Total 900Research Project 500Grand Total 1400

7.5 The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination.

226

8. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8 AND GAR10)The general academic regulations will apply for the BSc Radiography (Therapeutic).8.1 Candidates who fail in the clinical assessments of any part of the course shall not sit the

written examination of that part of the course.8.2 Supplementary Examinations

General academic regulations will apply for the BSc radiography (Therapeutic)8.3 Resubmission of the research project shall be in accordance with the GAR and may be

permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6 months of the senate’s decision.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE in HEALTH EDUCATIONPROMOTION DEGREE (BSc HEP)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 The BSc HEP degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed

approved subjects and examinations with the regulations set out below.1.2 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONSTo be admitted to the BSc HEP Programme, an applicant must satisfy the General Entry

Requirements of the University and the following specific requirements:2.1 Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalents) in English Language and

Mathematics, and in an approved science subject, AND,2.2 Passes in three advanced Level subjects, two of which shall be from the following:

Biology/Zoology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics/Physical Science. OR2.3 Completion of a University Diploma in Health and Adult Education, Diploma in Health

Promotion or approved equivalents.2.4 Exemptions:

An applicant who holds the Diploma in Health and Adult Education of this Universitymay apply to be exempted from Part I or the programme provided they pass anexemption test.

3. PROGRAMME OF STUDY3.1 Duration of the Programme

3.1.1 The BSc HEP Degree shall be a three year programme.3.2 Structure of the Programme

3.2.1 The Programme shall comprise three (3) Parts:Part I shall comprise the following subjects:Basic Theory and Practice of HEP I and IICommunity Medicine/Public Health I and IIBehavioural Science I and IIEpidemiology/Biostatistics/Research Methods I and IIPart II shall comprise the following subjects:Intermediate Theory and Practice of HEP I and II

227

Behavioural Science III and IVEpidemiology/Biostatistics/Research Methods III and IV

3.2.2 Part III shall comprise a Field Attachment under approved supervision, duringwhich a Research Project and other specified practical assignments shall becarried out.

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION4.1 Assessment of Candidates:

4.1.1 For a candidate to proceed to Part II, she/he must pass Basic Theory andPractice of HEP I and II, Epidemiology/Biostatistics Research I and II and oneother subject.Normally if a student fails a subject at Part I, the student may be allowed to carrythe subject into Part II.

4.1.2 For a candidate to proceed to Part III, she/he must pass Intermediate Theory andPractice of HEP III and IV, Epidemiology/Biostatistics/Research III and IV.Normally if a student fails a subject at Part II the student may be allowed tocarry the subject into Part III.

4.1.3 The assessment of subjects studied during Parts I and II shall be by:4.1.3.1 Continuous assessment obtained from tests, class assignments and

projects;4.1.3.2 Three-hour written examination.

4.1.4 Continuous assessment shall constitute 33% of the marks for each subjectwithin Part I and Part II.

4.1.5 The written examinations shall constitute 67% of the marks for each subjectwithin Part I and Part II.

4.1.6 Semester I Semester IIExamination Mark Examination MarkPart IBasic Theory and Practice of HEP 1 150 Basic Theory and

Practice of HEP II 150Community Medicine and Community Medicineand Public Health I 100 and Public Health II 100Behavioural Science I 100 Behavioural Science II 100Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Epidemiology, BiostatisticsResearch Methods I 150 & Research Methods II 150Part IIIntermediate Theory and Practice Intermediate Theory andof HEP I 150 Practice of HEP I 150Behavioural Science III 100 Behavioural Science IV 100Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Epidemiology, BiostatisticsResearch Methods III 150 & Research Methods IV 150Part III ExaminationThree hour written examination 100Assessment of the Research Project comprising 8000 to10000 words 100Oral Examination 25

228

Field Attachment, shall be examined through:4.1.6.1 Continuous assessment of fieldwork which shall constitute 25% of the

examination;4.1.6.2 Written examination, a research project comprising 8 000-10 000

words and Oral examination which shall together constitute 75% ofthe examination.

4.1.6.3 The research project must be submitted two months before the end ofPart III.

5. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTSNotification of the results and the award of the Degree shall be in accordance with the

provisions of the General Regulations.

6. DEGREE CLASSIFICATION6.1 The degree will be classified according to a candidate’s overall performance in Part I,

Part II and Part III assessments. The overall contribution of each Part to the final gradeshall be as follows:Part I 30%Part II 30%Part III 40%

6.2 The BSc HEP Degree shall be awarded in the following categories:First Division (1) 75% and aboveUpper Second Division (2.1) 65%–74%Lower Second Division (2.2) 60%–64%Third Division (3) 50%–59%Fail (F) Below 50%.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPYHONOURS DEGREE (BSC OCCUP.TH)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 The BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree will be awarded to candidates who

have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance withthe regulations set out below.

1.2 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulationsfor Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2. ENTRY REGULATIONS (REF GAR 3)All prospective students must satisfy the general entry requirements of this University asprescribed in the General Regulations and the following specific requirements:2.1 Five passes at O Level (or approved equivalent) including Physics with Chemistry (or

Physics and Chemistry), Biology, Mathematics and English Language.2.2 Three A Levels (or approved equivalent) of which one must be Biology and two must

be from the following subjects: (Mathematics, Physics or Chemistry).

229

3. SELECTION OF STUDENTSStudents will be selected on the basis of their academic qualifications and when required,their performance at interview. Medical proof of an applicant’s ability to cope with demandsof the profession may be required.

4. PROGRAMME OF STUDY4.1 The programme for the BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree shall extend over

four years of study on a full-time basis. All Parts will commence in August andterminate in June in accordance with the other undergraduate programmes of theUniversity.

4.2 The programme will include:4.2.1 Pre-clinical Studies

These are given by the pre-clinical departments of the University of Zimbabwe.4.2.2 Clinical Studies

These are given at the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Zimbabwe,Parirenyatwa Hospital, Harare Central Hospital, St Giles Rehabilitation Centreand other institutions approved by the University.

4.2.3 Clinical Practice4.2.3.1 Parts II, III and IV Clinical Practice

All candidates will be required to practice Occupational therapytechniques on patients at Parirenyatwa Hospital, Harare CentralHospital, St Giles Medical Rehabilitation Centre and other institutionsas approved by the University. All clinical practice will be supervisedby Occupational Therapists certified by the Health Professions Council.

4.2.3.2 Part IV Clinical Practice - ElectiveStudents will be required to complete a five week clinical elective atan institution approved by the Department.

4.2.4 Field AttachmentsAll candidates will be required to do Field Attachments during the third andfourth years, for a period not exceeding one month, and during their vacations.4.2.4.1 Part III

The students will familiarise themselves with Community structures,the living conditions and routine of daily living, and services availableto those on Commercial Farms, in the Mines and the District Industrialand Municipal areas.

4.2.4.2 Part IVThe students will participate in the provision of community basedrehabilitation services, gain experience in Departmental Administrationand in the administration of the Provincial Rehabilitation services.The students will also investigate the most common causes of morbidityand mortality and ascertain what agencies are involved in the preventionof these and in rehabilitation services.

4.2.5 Vacation WorkAll candidates will be required to do clinical and field attachment activities fora period during the vacation not exceeding four weeks in each year.

230

4.3 Subjects/CoursesFirst Year (Part I)Occupational Therapy Techniques IPsychology IPhysiologyAnatomyPhysical SciencesSociologySecond Year (Part II)Occupational Therapy Techniques IIPsychology IIClinical Sciences IClinical Occupational Therapy I (Physical)Clinical Occupational Therapy I (Psychosocial)Research Methodology and Statistics IKinesiology/BiomechanicsPsychiatry IRehabilitation IThird Year (Part III)Occupational Therapy Techniques IIIClinical Sciences IIClinical Occupational Therapy II (Physical)Clinical Occupational Therapy II (Psychosocial)Research Methodology and Statistics IIPsychiatry IIRehabilitation IIFourth Year (Part IV)Occupational Therapy Techniques IVClinical Sciences IIIClinical Occupational Therapy III (Physical)Clinical Occupational Therapy III (Psychosocial)Research ProjectRehabilitation III

5. EXAMINATIONS5.1 Dates of Examinations

5.1.1 University Sessional Examinations:The BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree examinations Part I, Part II,Part III and Part IV will take place in the last weeks of the University’s secondsemester and during the middle of the year for some subjects for Parts II, III andIV.

5.1.2 Supplementary ExaminationsSupplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisionsof the General Regulations.

5.2 Admission to ExaminationsTo be admitted to the examinations for the BSc Occupational Therapy HonoursDegree, a candidate must:-

231

5.2.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance withthe General Regulations;

5.2.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to thesatisfaction of the Chairman of the Department concerned.

5.3 Conduct of ExaminationExaminations for the degree of BSc Occupational Therapy Honours taken by studentsof the University of Zimbabwe shall be conducted in accordance with the GeneralRegulations.

5.4 Scheme of Examinations5.4.1 The examinations shall comprise written/practical and oral components. Written

and/or practical papers of varying length, but not exceeding 3 hours eachdepending on the length of the course will be set for each course as detailedbelow. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of the Chairman of theDepartment.

5.4.2 Candidates will also be assessed throughout the year on coursework performancein accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.

5.4.3 Assessment of FieldworkAssessment of performance on the fieldwork of Parts III and IV will be part ofthe continuous assessment mark of the subject Rehabilitation II andRehabilitation III respectively. A mark of 50% or better is required foradmission to the examination in the subject Rehabilitation II and III.

5.4.4 Assessment of Clinical workAssessment of performance on clinical attachment for Parts II, III and IV willbe part of the continuous assessment mark of the subjects Clinical OccupationalTherapy (Physical) I, II and III and Clinical Occupational Therapy(Psycho-social) I, II and III. A mark of 50% or better is required for admissionto the examination in the subjects Clinical Occupational Therapy (Physical) I,II and III and Clinical Occupational Therapy (Psycho-social) I, II and III.

5.4.5 Candidates must satisfy the Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II andPart II before proceeding to Part III and at Part III before proceeding to Part IV.

5.4.6 The documentation related to the Research Project is to be submitted by 30April of the Part IV year of study.

5.4.7 Examination Papers/Components

Part ISubject/Course Examination Codeand Code and Component Duration WeightingOccupational TherapyTechniques I ROTT1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Psychology I RPS1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 30050 Continuous Assessment 100

400Physiology RPY1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs

80 Practical Paper 3 hrs 20090 Viva voce 30050 Continuous Assessment 100

600

232

Anatomy RAT1 01 Written Paper 1 2 hrs 20002 Written Paper 2 1 hr 10003 Written Paper 3 1 hr 20090 Viva voce 10050 Continuous Assessment 300

900Physics for HealthSciences RPH1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Sociology RSO1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 30050 Continuous Assessment 100

400Part IIRehabilitation I RR2 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Occupational ROTT2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200Therapy Techniques II 50 Continuous Assessment 100

300Psychology II RPS2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Clinical Sciences I RCS01 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical OccupationalTherapy I (Physical) ROCP1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600Clinical OccupationalTherapy I(Psychosocial) ROCS1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600Research Methodologyand Statistics I RRM1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Kinesiology/Biomechanics RKB1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Psychiatry I RPZ1 01 Written Paper 1.5hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300

233

Part IIIRehabilitation II RR2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Occupational TherapyTechniques III ROTT3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Clinical Sciences II RCSO2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical OccupationalTherapy (Physical) ROCP2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600Research Methodology/Statistics II RRM2 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Psychiatry II RPZ2 01 Written Paper 1.5hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical OccupationalTherapy II(Psychosocial) ROCS2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600Part IV:Rehabilitation III RR3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Occupational TherapyTechniques IV ROTT4 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Clinical Sciences III RCSO3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical OccupationalTherapy III(Psychosocial) ROCP3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600

234

Clinical OccupationalTherapy III(Psychosocial) ROCS2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

80 Clinical 1 hr 20050 Continuous Assessment 200

600Project RPR470.

6. DEGREE CLASSIFICATIONThe BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree shall be awarded in the following categories:-First Division;Upper Second Division;Lower Second Division;Third Division.These classifications will be based on a candidate’s overall performance in the Part I, PartII, Part III and Part IV examinations weighted in the ratio of 1: 2: 3: 4: respectively.

7. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREEThe publication of results and award of the degree shall be in accordance with the provisionsof the General Regulations.

8. SYLLABUS DETAILSIn accordance with the General Regulations, syllabus details shall not form part of theregulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval and shall be maintainedin the Faculty Office for reference.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PHYSIOTHERAPYHONOURS DEGREE (BSC PHYSIO HONS)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 The BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree will be awarded to candidates who have

successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with theregulations set out below.

1.2 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulationshereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONSAll prospective students must satisfy the General Entry requirements of the University asprescribed in the General Regulations and the following specific requirements:-2.1 Five passes at O Level (or approved equivalent) including:

Physics-with-Chemistry (or Physics and Chemistry)BiologyMathematicsEnglish Language

235

2.2 Three passes at A level (or approved equivalent), preferably one of which should beBiology and any two of the following subjects:-Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Physical Science.

3. SELECTION OF STUDENTSStudents will be selected on the basis of their academic qualifications and their performanceat interview. Medical proof of an applicant’s ability to cope with the physical demands of theprofession may be required.

4. PROGRAMME OF STUDY4.1 The programme for the BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree shall extend over four

years of study on a full-time basis. All parts will commence in August and terminatein June.

4.2 The programme will include:-4.2.1 Pre-Clinical Studies

These are given by the pre-clinical departments of the University of Zimbabwe.4.2.2 Clinical Studies

These are given at hospitals and other institutions as approved by the University.4.2.3 Clinical Practice

4.2.3.1 Clinical Practice (II, III and IV)All candidates will be required to practise Physiotherapy techniqueson patients at Hospitals and institutions as approved by the University.All clinical practice will be supervised by physiotherapists certified bythe Health Professions Council of Zimbabwe.

4.2.3.2 Clinical Elective Part IVStudents will be required to complete a five week clinical elective atan institution approved by the University.

4.2.4 Field AttachmentsAll candidates will be required to do Field Attachments during the third andfourth years, for a period not exceeding one month, and during their vacation.4.2.4.1 Part III

The students will familiarise themselves with community structures,the living conditions, routine of daily living and services available tothose living in Communal lands, Commercial farms, in the Mines andin the District and Municipal areas.

4.2.4.2 Part IVThe students will participate in the provision of community basedrehabilitation services, gain experience in Departmental Administrationand in the administration of the Provincial rehabilitation services. Thestudents will also investigate the most common causes of morbidityand mortality and ascertain what agencies are involved in the preventionof these and in the provision of rehabilitation services.

4.2.5 Vacation WorkAll candidates will be required to do clinical and field attachment activities fora period during the vacation not exceeding four weeks in each year.

236

4.3 Subjects/CoursesFirst Year (Part I)Physiotherapy Techniques IPsychology IPhysiologyAnatomyPhysics for Health SciencesSociologySecond Year (Part II)Rehabilitation IPhysiotherapy Techniques IIPsychology IIClinical Sciences IClinical Physiotherapy IResearch Methodology/Statistics IKinesiology/BiomechanicsThird Year (Part III)Rehabilitation IIPhysiotherapy Techniques IIIClinical Sciences IIClinical Physiotherapy IIResearch Methodology/Statistics IIFourth Year (Part IV)Rehabilitation IIIPhysiotherapy Techniques IVClinical Sciences IIIClinical Physiotherapy IIIResearch Project

5. EXAMINATIONS5.1 Dates of Examinations

5.1.1 University Sessional Examinations:The BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree examinations Part I, Part II, Part IIIand Part IV will take place in the last weeks of the University’s second semesterthe First, Second, Third and Fourth years respectively, and mid year in ClinicalSciences for Parts II, III and IV.

5.1.2 Supplementary ExaminationsSupplementary Examinations may be permitted in accordance with theprovisions of the General Regulations.

5.2 Admission to ExaminationsTo be admitted to the examinations for the BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree, acandidate must:-5.2.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with

the General Regulations;5.2.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the

satisfaction of the Chairman of the Department concerned.

237

5.3 Conduct of ExaminationExaminations for the degree of BSc Physiotherapy Honours taken by students of theUniversity of Zimbabwe shall be conducted in accordance with the General Regulations.

5.4 Scheme of Examinations5.4.1 The examinations shall comprise written/practical and oral components. Written

and/or practical papers of varying length, but not exceeding 3 hours eachdepending on the length of the course will be set for each course as detailedbelow. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of the Chairman of theDepartment.

5.4.2 Candidates will also be assessed throughout the year on coursework performancein accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.

5.4.3 Assessment of FieldworkAssessment of fieldwork on the field attachment will be part of the continuousassessment mark of the subject Rehabilitation for Part III and Part IV.Candidates must achieve a score of 50% or better for the assessment ofperformance on Field Attachments to qualify for admission to the examinationin the subject Rehabilitation for Parts III and IV.

5.4.4 Assessment of Clinical work will form part of the Continuous Assessmentmark of the subject Clinical Physiotherapy. Candidates must achieve a pass of50% or better in Clinical Practice to qualify for admission to the finalexaminations in the subject Clinical Physiotherapy in each respective year.

5.4.5 Candidates must satisfy the Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II andPart II before proceeding to III and at Part III before proceeding to Part IV. Inthe case of Part I candidates may be allowed to proceed carrying Sociology(RS0101), Physics (RPHS101) or Psychology (RPS101).

5.4.6 The documentation related to the Research Project is to be submitted by 30April of the Part IV year of study.

5.4.7 Examination Papers/ComponentsPart ISubject/Course Examination Code Duration Weightingand Code and ComponentPhysiotherapyTechniques RPT1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 100

80 Practical 20mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Psychology I RPS1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 300

50 Continuous Assessment 100400

Physiology RPY1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 30080 Practical Paper 3 hrs 20090 Viva voce 30050 Continuous Assessment 100

900Anatomy RAT1 01 Multiple Choice Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

238

Physics for HealthSciences RPHS1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Sociology RSO1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 30050 Continuous Assessment 100

400Part IIRehabilitation I RR2 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

PhysiotherapyTechniques II RPT2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 100

80 Practical 45 mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Psychology II RPS2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Clinical Sciences I RCS1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical Physio-therapy RC1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 100

80 Clinical 45 mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Research Methodology/Statistics I RRM1 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Kinesiology/Biomechanics RKB1 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Part III:Rehabilitation II RR3 01Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

PhysiotherapyTechniques III RPT3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 100

80 Practical 30 mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical Sciences II RCS2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

239

Clinical Physio-Therapy III RC2 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 100

80 Clinical Exam 45 mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Research Methodology/Statistics II RRM2 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Part IVRehabilitation III RR3 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

PhysiotherapyTechniques IV RPT4 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 200

50 Continuous Assessment 100300

Clinical Sciences III RCS3 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 20050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Clinical Physio-Therapy III RC3 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 100

80 Clinical Examination 45 mins 10050 Continuous Assessment 100

300Project RPTR470

6. DEGREE CLASSIFICATIONThe BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree shall be awarded in the following categories:-First Division; + 75%Upper Second Division; 65 - 74%Lower Second Division; 60 - 64%Third Division 50 - 59%These classifications will be based on candidate’s overall performance in the Part I, Part II,Part III and Part IV examinations weighted in the ratio of 1: 2: 3: 4: respectively.

7. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREEThe publication of results and award of the degree shall be in accordance with the provisionsof the General Regulations.

8. SYLLABUS DETAILSIn accordance with the General Regulations, syllabus details shall not form part of theregulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval and shall be maintainedin the Faculty Office for reference.

240

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INTERCALATED)HONOURS DEGREE IN HUMAN ANATOMY (BSC HONS)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for Undergraduate degree courses of the University of Zimbabwe.1.2 The BSc Honours degree shall be awarded to a candidate who has successfully

completed the approved courses and examinations in Advanced Human Anatomy andshall normally be available to approved students on the MBChB and BSc (Hons) inOccupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiographyprogrammes. The degree shall be intercalated within the MBChB and OccupationalTherapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes.

2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS2.1 To be eligible for admission on the BSc Honours degree course applicants must have

successfully completed at least the Part II of the MBChB or Part II BSc (Hons) forOccupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiographyprogrammes of study.

2.2 Applicants must normally have obtained a 65% or better aggregate in Anatomy (orequivalent) in the first year of these programmes.

2.3 The Honours level pass must have been achieved at first sitting.

3. APPLICATION PROCEDURES3.1 Application for registration must be made through the Chairperson of the Department

of Anatomy and the Dean of Medicine to the Deputy Registrar (Academic).3.2 Registration shall normally take place in January of each year.

4. PROGRAMME4.1 The programme shall extend for one academic year on a full-time basis at the

University of Zimbabwe.4.2 It shall comprise coursework, practical work, seminars and a research project, which

shall be assessed throughout the year, as well as written and oral examinations.

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION5.1 Candidates must pass the examination as a whole (i.e. pass mark is 450/900). The

following papers shall form part of the examination:5.1.1 Coursework (Continuous Assessment 300

Advanced Developmental Anatom 50Advanced Neuroanatomy 50Research Project 150Viva voce 150

7005.1.2 Options:

(i) MBChB students: Advanced Principles of Systematic Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy 150 Advanced Systematic Histology 50

241

(ii) Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography students: Advanced Functional Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy 150 Advanced Histology 50 (Written papers shall consist of 1 hour Multiple Choice Questions and two hours Essays/Short Questions).

5.2 Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions ofthe General Regulations and shall normally be held in February.

6. SYLLABUS OUTLINE FOR THE BSC (INTERCALATED) HONOURS DEGREE IN ANATOMY6.1 The honours degree programme prepares the candidate for a better and critical

understanding of Anatomy after Part II of the MBChB and BSc (Hons) OccupationalTherapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes, andit lays the foundations for postgraduate training. To these ends the candidate is exposedto basic and advanced research methodology- reads and discusses selected publishedliterature critically- carries out and reports on a research project.

6.2 Courses for the BSc (Intercalated) Honours in Human AnatomyThe following courses shall be given for this programme:6.2.1 Advanced Principles of Systematic Anatomy and Comparative

Anatomy AT3M016.2.2 Advanced Developmental Anatomy AT3M026.2.3 Advanced Neuroanatomy AT3M036.2.4 Advanced Systematic Histology AT3M046.2.5 Research Project AT3M606.2.6 Advanced Histology AT3M056.2.7 Advanced Functional Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy AT3M06

6.3 Details of the Subject matter for each of the Courses6.3.1 Advanced Principles of Systematic Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy of:

Nervous, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive, respiratory,renal and skin.A detailed study of a selected organ system by dissection, demonstrations (e.g.casts) and seminars.

6.3.2 Advanced NeuroanatomyA detailed study of selected aspects of the nervous system includingneuroanatomy, neurophysiology, clinical examination of the nervous systemand therapeutics.

6.3.3 Advanced Systematic HistologyA detailed microscopic anatomy of selected organ systems with emphasis tocorrelation between structure and function, and where appropriate correlationwith disease.

6.3.4 Advanced Developmental Anatomy (Embryology)A detailed study of developmental aspects of selected organ systems; anomalies(including teratogenesis) and their clinical presentation and significance.

6.3.5 Research ProjectA research project shall run for two terms. This shall be presented at a seminarand shall be presented as a typewritten dissertation. The thesis shall be bound

242

and presented in accordance with the University regulations and shall beexamined at the end of May. Research techniques in Anatomy shall be applied.

6.3.6 Advanced Functional Anatomy: A detailed study of applied anatomy of themusculoskeletal system. This involves study of the bones and muscles (groupedaccording to their functions) and an in depth analysis of Joints and theirbiomechanics.

6.3.7 Advanced Histology:A detailed microscopic anatomy of selected tissues with emphasis on themusculoskeletal system and clinical application.

7. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTSEach candidate shall be notified of the results of the examination by the Deputy Registrar(Academic).

8. AWARD OF DEGREEA Diploma under the seal of the University shall be delivered to each candidate who hassuccessfully completed the approved courses and examinations in accordance with theseregulations. The degree shall be classified in accordance with the General Regulations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INTERCALATED)HONOURS DEGREE IN HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

1. INTRODUCTIONThese regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulation forUndergraduate Degrees, which shall have precedence over these Faculty Regulations. TheBSc Honours degree will be awarded to a candidate who has successfully completed theapproved courses in advanced Human Physiology and the examinations set out below.The degree will be intercalated within the MBChB programme of studies at the Universityof Zimbabwe.

2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS2.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion of at least

the MBChB Part II subjects and courses.2.2 To be eligible for admission to the intercalated BSc Honours programme an applicant

must normally have obtained a good 2.1 grade or better in Physiology in the first twoyears of the MBChB programme, the aggregate being at first sitting.

3. APPLICATION PROCEDURES3.1 Application for registration must be made with the recommendation of the Chairman

of the Department of Physiology and the Dean of Medicine to the Deputy Registrar(Academic).

3.2 Registration and the start of this programme shall normally take place at the end ofJanuary.

243

4. PROGRAMMEThe programme shall extend over not less than one academic year on a full-time basis at theUniversity of Zimbabwe. It will comprise regular coursework, seminars, written and oralexaminations, and a research project as detailed below.

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION5.1 Each candidate shall be assessed throughout the year and examined at the end of

November.The examination structure is outlined below:Continuous Assessment 300Paper I 3 hrs (Theory) 100Paper II 3 hrs (Theory) 100Paper III 3 hrs (Open paper) 100

(Methodology and techniques)Paper IV (viva voce) 100Paper V (project) 200TOTAL 900

5.2 Coursework and seminars will be assessed continuously through the year.5.3 Each candidate shall be required to complete a dissertation which shall be examined

orally.5.4 A candidate must pass the examination as a whole with a mark of at least 50%.5.5 Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of

the General Regulations and will normally be held in February.

244

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES

REGULATIONS FOR DIPLOMA IN FISHERIES MANAGEMENT (DIP FM),DIPLOMA IN STATISTICS (DSTS), BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE (COURSE

UNIT SYSTEM) [BSC GEN], BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE(COURSE UNIT SYSTEM) [BSC HONS]

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FISHERIESMANAGEMENT (DFM)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 These regulations apply only to students registered for the Diploma in Fisheries

Management at the University of Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with theGeneral Academic Regulations for Certificates and Diplomas of the University ofZimbabwe, hereinafter referred to as General Regulations.

1.2 The Diploma in Fisheries Management will be awarded to candidates who havesuccessfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance withregulations set out below.

1.3 The Diploma in Fisheries Management study programme will be of at least two yearsduration on a full-time basis.

1.4 The programme will consist of lectures, laboratory and field practical courses and twosupervised projects.

2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTSTo qualify for admission into the programme candidates must:2.1 satisfy the General Regulations for entry into the Certificate and Diploma programmes

of the University of Zimbabwe;2.2 have obtained 5 O= Level passes in approved subjects, including English, Mathematics

and Science or science combination subject;2.3 have completed at least three years in fisheries related employment and in accordance

with the General Regulations.

3. PROGRAMME OF STUDYThe programme of study consist of Part I, taken in the first year of study and Part II, takenin the second year. Candidates must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II.The programme of study is as set out below:3.1 Part I

FM1D01 The Scientific Method and Information ManagementFM1D02 Introductory Biology

245

FM1D03 Freshwater BiologyFM1D04 LehthyologyFM1D05 IchthyologyFM1D06 Fishing TechnologyFM1D07 AquacultureFM1D08 Fish Processing and PreservationFM1D60 Project

3.2 Part IIFM2D01 Fisheries of swamps, rivers, lakes and impoundmentsFM2D02 Introductory fisheries Statistics and stock AssessmentFM2D03 Sport FishingFM2D04 Fisheries Management MethodsFM2D05 Fisheries EconomicsFM2D06 Equipment Technology and MaintenanceFM2D60 Project

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION4.1 Candidates will be examined in the taught courses in each Part of the Programme.4.2 To qualify for the examination candidates must be deemed to have completed the

course of instruction, by both satisfactory attendance and completion of assignments.4.3 At the end of each Part of the programme, normally in the month of November, each

candidate will write an examination consisting of two and half hour examinationpapers.

4.4 In each Part of the programme each candidate shall prepare a written account of theirproject assignment, which shall be assessed as part of the examination.

4.5 The examination results will normally be published in January following theexaminations at the Harare campus of the University of Zimbabwe and at theUniversity Lake Kariba Research Station.

4.6 In each part unsuccessful candidates may write supplementary examinations, provided4.6.1 they attain at least 40% of the final examination mark;4.6.2 they would have normally qualified to write the end of year examination.

4.6 The pass mark shall be 50% of the attainable marks, providing the candidate has passedthe project component of the programme separately.

4.7 The Diploma will be awarded to successful candidates with pass, merit or distinctionclassification according to the General Regulations ‘Marking Scheme and Classification’for Diplomas and Certificates.

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN STATISTICS (DSTC)

1. PREAMBLEThese Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations forDiplomas and Certificates, hereinafter referred to as the AGeneral Regulations@.

2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION2.1 Applicants should have a pass at Grade C or higher in Mathematics at Ordinary Level

in the General Certificate of Education (or approved equivalent); and

246

2.2 Applicants should have a recognised (post O-Level) qualification which includespasses in Asuitable@ foundation courses in probability, inference and appliedstatistics, as judged Asuitable@ by the Departmental Board.

3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMMEThe Programme will run for either one and half years full time or three years part time.

4. PROGRAMME OF STUDY4.1 The programme consists of 2 parts. Part I consists of the coursework component and

takes one year full time and 2 years part time. Part II takes 6 months full time and 1 yearpart time.

4.2 Part I consists of 12 courses. Nine of the courses are compulsory. The remaining 3courses will be selected from the list of optional courses.

4.3 The Programme will commence at the same time as the undergraduate academic year.4.4 Formal examinations in Part I will take place concurrently with undergraduate

examinations at the end of each semester.4.5 Part II consists of the project which should, where possible, be related to the student=s

work environment.4.6 Assessment:

The students will be assessed in accordance with the General Academic Regulations forDiploma programmes. Each course shall be assessed by a coursework component anda formal examination, with the coursework component not exceeding 25% of the finalmark for Part I. Part II will be assessed by examination of a dissertation which shall beassessed by examination of a dissertation which shall be due at the end of 6 months forfull time students or 12 months for part time students, following final examinations forPart I. Normally students shall embark on Part II on successful completion of Part I.Normally students will be expected to pass Part II and at least 8 courses at Part I. Theweighting of Part I to Part II shall be in the ratio 3:1.

5. COURSE : DIPLOMA IN STATISTICS (ST1D)Part ICode Description WeightCompulsory CoursesST1D01 Theory of Estimation 1ST1D02 Testing of Hypotheses 1ST1D03 Survey Techniques 1ST1D04 Regression Analysis 1ST1D05 Probability Theory 1ST1D06 Multivariate Methods 1ST1D07 Time Series 1ST1D08 Design and Analysis of Experiments 1ST1D14 Statistical Computing I 1Optional Courses: Choose 3ST1D09 Operations Research 1ST1D10 Official Statistics I 1ST1D11 Statistical Inference III 1

247

ST1D12 Econometrics 1ST1D13 Demography 1Part IIST1D60 DissertationNote:Syllabi for all courses other than ST1D60 match the corresponding undergraduate Part II,III programme, ST1D60 is a project course but contains a preliminary statistical computingcomponent which is covered during the period March 1st to the start of the normalundergraduate teaching year.

REGULATIONS FOR THE BSC AND BSC HONOURS DEGREES

1. APPLICATIONS OF THESE REGULATIONS1.1 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.1.2 These Regulations are in respect of programmes for the following degrees offered by

the Faculty of Science:BSc DegreeBSc Honours DegreeBSc Degree in Food Science and Technology, Nutritional Sciences, and FamilySciencesBSc Honours Degree in Food Science and Technology, Nutritional Science.

1.3 The appropriate Degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completedan approved Programme in accordance with these Regulations.

2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS2.1 Course Unit

In the Faculty of Science a course unit is defined so that a course with a weighting often (10) course units shall be taught in 48 contact hours at the rate of four (4 ) contacthours a week for a semester with at least two (2) and not more than three of those hoursbeing lectures.

3. DEPARTMENTSCourses are available in the following Departments within the Faculty of Science:Biochemistry Biological Sciences ChemistryComputer Science Geography GeologyMathematics Physics StatisticsFood, Nutrition and Family Sciences

4. ENTRY REGULATIONS4.1 In order to qualify for normal entry to an Undergraduate Degree Programme in the

Faculty of Science, a prospective student must satisfy the Entry Regulations specifiedin the General Regulations and in so doing, must also meet the following Facultyrequirements:4.1.1 have obtained a Pass at A Level in at least two of the following subjects or their

recognised equivalents:

248

Biology Chemistry GeographyMathematics PhysicsAND4.1.2 have obtained a Pass at O Level in a third subject chosen from those listed in

Section 4.1.1;AND4.1.3 have obtained a Pass at O Level in Mathematics.Note: There are restrictions on the combinations of certain subjects. See Schedule B2of the General Regulations.

4.2 While the above requirements apply to entry to the Faculty of Science as a whole, thefollowing specific qualifications are NORMALLY required by the indicatedDepartments for initial entry to courses in that Department:Biological Sciences A Level BiologyChemistry A Level ChemistryComputer Science A Level MathematicsGeography A Level GeographyGeology A Level Mathematics plus A Level in at least one of Biology,

Chemistry or PhysicsMathematics A Level MathematicsPhysics A Level Physics (or A Level Physical Science) and A Level

MathematicsStatistics A Level MathematicsFood, Nutrition A Level Chemistry and O Level Biology or Human Biologyand Family SciencesNote: These requirements refer to qualifications obtained prior to entry to the University.Courses and subjects may have additional pre-requisites based on courses studied at theUniversity.

5. STRUCTURE OF DEGREE PROGRAMMES5.1 BSc Degree

5.1.1 Except in cases of special entry when a lesser period may be allowed, the BScDegree Programme requires full time study over a period of at least three years.A student will be required to complete the programme in not more than sixyears from the date of first registration for the programme.

5.1.2 A BSc Programme shall consist of distinct courses with a total weighting of atleast 300 course units and shall include EITHER two distinct major subjectsOR at least one major subject and at least one minor subject, the major and theminor subjects being different. At least 200 of the 300 course units shall be forlevel 2 or higher-level courses. For a major in a subject, other than Biochemistry,Nutritional Sciences, Family Sciences and Food Science and Technology, astudent must study courses worth at least 130 course units in that subject,including all core courses listed for a major in that subject. Of these courses,courses with a weighting of at least 50 course units must be level 3 courses. ForBiochemistry the minimum requirement shall be courses with a weighting of100 course units, with courses with a weighting of at least 50 being level 3courses, including all core courses listed for a major in Biochemistry. ForNutritional Sciences, Family Sciences and Food Sciences and Technology,

249

each subject is counted as two major subjects provided that courses worth twicethe number of course units required for a major in other subjects exceptBiochemistry are studied. For a minor in a subject, other than Biochemistry, astudent must study courses with a weighting of at least 80 course unitsincluding all core courses listed for a minor in that subject, at least 50 of thecourse units must be for level 2 or higher level courses. For Biochemistry theminimum requirement is the level 2 or higher level courses with a weightingof 50 course units.

5.1.3 The following subjects are available as major or minor subjects in BSc DegreeProgrammes:Biochemistry Biological Sciences ChemistryComputer Science Geography GeologyMathematics Physics StatisticsNutritional Sciences Family Sciences Food Science and

Technology5.1.4 At initial registration a student, other than one registering for Food, Nutrition

and Family Science, shall study level 1 courses worth a minimum of 20 courseunits in each of at least two subjects chosen from the list in 5.1.3 excludingBiochemistry and further level 1 courses worth at least 20 course units in eachof the two semesters of the first year of study. A student registering in Food,Nutrition and Family Science shall study the level 1 courses listed under thespecial regulations for that Department. In all cases, the two communicationsskills courses, which are core courses for all programmes, must be included inthe courses studied.

5.1.6 It should be noted that while studying a course, a student will be expected toattend lectures practicals and tutorials in that course and to complete all itemsof continuous assessment according to the published time-table, regardless ofthe number of courses he/she is registered for.

5.2 Honours Degrees5.2.1 There are four types of BSc Honours Degree Programmes. Each type requires

a student to complete portions of a BSc Degree Programme and to obtain passesof a sufficiently high standard in the courses from the relevant subject orsubjects studied in those portions of the BSc Degree Programme beforetransferring to the Honours Programme.

5.2.2 Except in the case of special entry, where a lesser period may be allowed, a BScHonours Degree Programme requires full time study, including the time spentin the BSc Degree Programme, over a period of three or four years. Normallya student will be required to complete the Programme in not more than one yearmore than the minimum period from the date of first registration for theProgramme.

5.2.3 In an Honours Degree Programme, a student must pass at least one projectcourse examined by a dissertation and having a weighting of at least 20 courseunits. This course must be a level 3 or level 4 course, whichever is the higher,and will usually be taken in the final year of study. This course shall be listedas a core course in the Special Regulations for the subject of which it forms aportion. In an honours degree programme the weighting of each additionalproject course shall be at least 10 course units and the total weighting of projectcourses in the Degree Programme shall not exceed 40 course units.

250

5.2.4 Final year honours students may be required to undertake academic workoutside normal University semesters.

5.2.5 Type (a) Honours Degree Programme5.2.5.1 This programme starts at level 2 and requires 2 further years of

full-time study. It is normally designated by the notation 3-1-1. To beeligible for entry to this programme a student must have passed level1 courses worth at least 40 course units in the intended major subjectin a single Academic year and must have obtained passes of asufficiently high standard in these courses. In addition, he/she musthave passed additional level 1 courses worth at least 40 course units,including all pre-requisites for courses in the programme beingembarked on.

5.2.5.2 This programme shall include a major in a single subject.5.2.5.3 For a major in a subject in this type of degree, a student shall study

courses in that subject including those studied in the BSc DegreeProgramme worth at least 300 course units. Of these courses, coursesworth at least 100 course units will normally be level 2 honourscourses and courses worth at least 100 course units will be level 3honours courses. The level 2 honours courses may consist of or bereplaced by level 2 BSc courses worth 50 course units and level 3 BSccourses worth 50 course units in the major subject or an approvedancillary subject.

5.2.5.4 Type (a) Honours Degree Programmes are available in the followingsubjects:Biological Sciences Chemistry GeographyMathematics Physics

5.2.6 Type (b) Honours Degree Programme5.2.6.1 This programme is normally a one year full time programme but may

be taken over two years on a part time basis. It is normally designatedby the notation 3-2-2-1. To be eligible for entry to this programme astudent must hold a BSc Degree with a major in a relevant subject oran equivalent qualification. The relevant major subject must normallyhave been passed in the upper second division or a higher division passbut an applicant with a lower second division pass may be permittedentry based on an interview and/or qualifying examination to determinewhether experience obtained after graduation has improved the studentsknowledge and abilities in the relevant subject.

5.2.6.2 In this programme a student must study level 3 honours courses in asingle subject worth at least 100 course units.

5.2.6.3 Type (b) Honours Degree Programmes are available in the followingsubjects:Biological Sciences Biochemistry ChemistryComputer Science Food Science and Technology GeographyGeology Mathematics NutritionalPhysics Statistics Science

251

5.2.7 Type (c) Honours Degree Programme5.2.7.1 This programme requires a minimum of three years full-time study

including the time spent on the BSc portion of the programme. It isnormally designated by the notation 3-2-1. To be eligible for entry tothe honours portion of this programme a student must have passedcourses worth at least 100 courses units in the intended major subject,other than Biochemistry, at least 60 of which must be level 2 or higherlevel courses. These courses must be passed at a sufficiently highstandard, in a the minimum time for those courses. In addition aprospective student must have passed at least one other subject as aminor subject. In the case of Biochemistry, the minimum number ofcourses units that have to be passed in Biochemistry is reduced to the60 level 2 or higher level courses while the other conditions remain thesame as for any other subject.

5.2.7.2 The Programme shall include a major in a single subject and a minorin a second subject at BSc level.

5.2.7.3 For a major in a subject, other than Biochemistry, in this type of degreea student must study courses in that subject or an approved ancillarysubject, worth at least 200 course units including those studied in theBSc Degree Programme. Of these courses at least 100 shall be level 3or higher level Courses. At least 50 of these course units must be forHonours courses.For Biochemistry the minimum is 160 course units in Biochemistry ofwhich at least 100 shall be level 3 or higher level courses including atleast 50 course units for Honours courses.

5.2.7.4 Type (c) Honours Degree Programmes are available in the followingsubjects: Biochemistry

5.2.8 Type (d) Honours Degree Programme5.2.8.1 This programme starts in the third year of study and requires a further

2 years full time study. It is normally designated by the notation3-2-1-1. To be eligible for entry to the Honours portion of thisProgramme a student must have passed courses worth at least 100course units in the intended major Subject, at least 60 of which mustbe level 2 or higher level courses passed, at a sufficiently highstandard, in a single academic year In addition the student must havepassed in at least one other subject as a minor subject.

5.2.8.2 The Programme shall include a major in a single subject and a minorin a second subject at BSc Degree level.

5.2.8.3 For a major in a subject in this type of Programme a student shall studycourses worth at least 300 course units in that subject including thosestudied in the BSc Degree Programme. Of these courses at least 100course units shall be for level 3 courses and at least 100 course unitsshall be for level 4 courses.

5.2.8.4 Type (d) Honours Degree Programmes are available in the followingsubject(s): Statistics

252

5.3 Selection of Courses5.3.1 For each level 2 or higher level course all pre-requisites that apply to that course

and whether it is a core course shall be listed in the Special Regulations for thesubject of which that course forms a portion. A student shall not be admittedto a level 2 or higher level course unless he/she has passed all pre-requisites forthat course prior to the start of the semester in which he/she intends to study thatcourse. A student shall study all co-requisite courses for eaxh course for whichhe/she registers at the same time as or at an earlier time than that course. Passinga co-requisite course cannot be a condition for passing a course.

5.3.2 A student may include in his/her Programme approved courses offered by otherfaculties up to a total equivalent to, at most, 80 course units. The weightingallocated to a course from another faculty shall be that allocated to the courseby that other faculty. Normally a course will only be approved if it is fullycompatible with these Regulations.

5.3.3 A student’s selection of courses for a Degree Programme is subject to theapproval of the Dean of Science and the Boards of all relevant Departments andto the following conditions:-5.3.3.1 The course combination is feasible in terms of the timetable.5.3.3.2 The student shall not register for courses worth more than 80 course

units in a semester.5.3.3.3 The chosen courses must enable the student to complete his/her

Programme in as close to the minimum period as is possible and thestudent must include courses that will allow him/her to complete therequirements for a given level in preference to higher level courseswherever possible.

5.3.4 A student may change his/her registration for courses to be taken in the secondsemester during the last week of the first semester or the first week of the secondsemester.

6. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES6.1 The assessment of a practical course shall be based on written reports submitted during

the course according to a schedule laid down by the appropriate Departmental Board.6.2 The assessment of a field course or a project course shall be based on written reports

or on a dissertation submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. Studentsshall be notified of this date at the start of the course.

6.3 The assessment of a course containing theory and practical components shall be basedon an end of course theory examination, an end of course practical examination and/or and continuous assessment including both theory and practical work.

6.4 All other courses shall be assessed by continuous assessment and an end of courseexamination.

6.5 The end of course examination for a course worth 10 course units shall be of two hoursduration, while that for a course worth 5 course units shall be ninety minutes duration.A course worth 20 course units shall normally have a three hour end of courseexamination, but if there is a practical component to the course the end of course theoryexamination may be two hours long.

6.6 Where a course has an end of course practical examination, the end of course practicalexamination may be held at a time and venue different from that of the end of course

253

theory examination for the same course. The duration of the end of course practicalexamination shall be specified in the Special Regulations for the subject, but shall notbe greater than ninety minutes in the case of a course worth 10 course units nor greaterthan three hours in the case of a course worth 20 course units. An end of course practicalexamination shall have the same weighting as the end of course theory examination.

6.7 A course with an end of course practical examination shall contain a practicalcomponent in the continuous assessment. The continuous assessment may be entirelypractical or contain theory and practical components, but the relative weightings shallbe stated in the Special Regulations for the subject.

6.8 In a course with a theory and a practical component the weightings of the continuousassessment mark and the end of course examination mark need not be within the limitsstated in the General Regulations but these weightings must be stated in the SpecialRegulations for the subject. Furthermore the continuous assessment weightings shallbe between 25% and 75% of the overall mark for the course.

7. DETERMINATION OF RESULTS7.1 For each course that contains a theory and a practical component, the appropriate

Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine for each student a theory continuousassessment mark, a practical continuous assessment mark, an end of course theoryexamination mark, an end of course practical examination mark (where appropriate),an overall theory mark, an overall practical mark, an overall mark and a final mark forthe course. If a student obtains an overall mark of at least 50%, an overall theory markof at least 50% and an overall practical mark of at least 40%, that student shall pass thecourse and the final mark for the course shall be the overall mark for the course. If astudent obtains less than 50% in the overall theory mark for the course and an overallpractical mark of at least 40 %, the student shall fail the course and his final mark forthe course shall be the overall mark or 48%, which ever is the lesser. If a student obtainsan overall practical mark of less than 40% the student shall fail the course and the finalmark shall be the overall mark or 48%, whichever is the lesser.

7.2 For each practical course, field course or project course and for each student, theDepartmental panel of Examiners shall determine a final mark for that student for thatcourse based on the assessment of the written reports or of the dissertation submittedby that student. The Panel shall determine whether the student has passed or failed thecourse.

7.3 For all other courses the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine, for eachstudent, a continuous assessment mark, an end of course examination mark, an overallmark, a final mark and whether the student has passed or failed. The final mark for thatcourse for that student shall be the overall mark for that course.

7.4 In a course which contains a practical component which is assessed by continuousassessment only and which is not a practical course, a field course or a project course,if a student obtains less than 40% in the practical continuous assessment the studentmay, at the discretion of the Departmental Panel of Examiners, be assessed by a specialpractical examination, which must be held before the end of the examination period ofthe semester in which the course is completed.

7.5 Each Departmental Panel shall submit, for each course under its control and for eachstudent enrolled in that course, the final mark and the result to the Faculty Board ofExaminers. For each student it shall indicate the number of credits obtained in courses

254

under its control and whether the student is eligible to pass the subject as a major subjector as a minor subject or qualifies for admission to an honours degree programme underits control, as appropriate.

8. REPEATING OF COURSES8.1 Normally a student who fails a course and elects to repeat that course will be required

to repeat the entire course including lectures, tutorials, practicals, end of courseexaminations and all items of continous assessment but, in exceptional circumstances,if the student passes the continuous assessment for that course, he/she may, whenrepeating the course, be exempted by the relevant Departmental Board with theapproval of the Academic Committee from attending all or part of the course and beallowed to re-write the end-of-course examination at an appropriate time.Where a student is so exempted from a portion of the course, the continuous assessmentmark for that portion of the course will be carried forward to the assessment of therepeated course.

9. PROCEEDING AND WITHDRAWAL9.1 To be deemed to have completed the requirements for level 1 of a degree programme,

a student must have passed all Communications Skills courses prescribed for theprogramme and other courses worth at least 80 course units with at least 30 level 1credits in each of two subjects or at least 80 credits in courses from those at level 1 inFood, Nutrition and Family Science.A student may register for a level 2 or higher level course in a subject provided he hassatisfied the pre-requisites for that Course.

9.2 To be deemed to have completed the requirements for level 2 or higher levels of adegree programme a student must have passed at courses worth at least 100 course unitsat that level including at least 80% of the courses needed to satisfy the requirements forhis/her chosen major and/or minor subjects at that level.

10. AWARDING A DEGREE AND CLASSIFICATION OF THAT DEGREE10.1 To pass a major subject in a BSc Degree Programme a student must:

10.1.1 pass each core course listed for a major in that subject; and10.1.2 pass courses worth at least 130 course units in that subject, except when that

subject is Biochemistry, when the minimum shall be 100. At least 50 of thecourse units passed shall be for level 3 courses.

10.2 To pass a minor subject a student must:10.2.1 pass each core course listed for a minor in that subject; and10.2.2 pass courses worth at least 80 course units in that subject, except in the case of

Biochemistry, when the minimum shall be 50. Of the cores passes, coursesworth at least 50 course units shall be level 2 or higher level courses.

10.3 To be eligible for the award of a BSc Degree a student must have:10.3.1 passed EITHER two major Subjects or one major and one minor Subject;

AND10.3.2 passed courses worth at least 300 course units, at least 200 of which shall be for

courses at level 2 or a higher level.10.3.3 Except that a student who is eligible under 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 for the award of

a BSc Degree with one major subject and one minor subject and who has not

255

exceeded the maximum duration for that degree may, within 14 days of thepublication of the results, apply to be allowed to defer the award of the Degreeand to register in the following year for an additional year of study for thepurposes of passing the minor subject as a major subject. Should the student failto complete the requirements for the second major subject in the maximumperiod of study for the BSc degree he will be eligible for the award of a BScdegree with one major subject and one minor subject.

10.3.4 passed Courses CSSC101 and CSSC102.10.4 To be eligible for the award of a Type (a) Honours Degree a student must satisfy ALL

of the following conditions:10.4.1 pass course worth at least 300 course units, at least 200 of which shall be level

2 or higher level courses;10.4.2 pass course level 2 or higher level courses worth at least 200 course units in the

major subject including course worth at most 40 course units in an approvedancillary subject, at least 80 of the course units shall be for honours courses,including a project course assessed by a dissertation with a weighting equivalentto at least 20 course units; and

10.4.3 pass each core course in the major subject.10.4.4 pass course CSSC101 and CSSC102.

10.5 To be eligible for the award of a Type (b) Honours Degree in a particular subject astudent must satisfy BOTH of the following conditions:10.5.1 have passed courses worth at least 100 course units, of which courses worth at

least 80 course units are honours courses in the major subject. Of the honourscourses passed in the major subject, at least one shall be a Project Courseassessed by a dissertation, with a weighting of at least 20 course units;AND

10.5.2 have passed all core courses listed for a major in that subject in this type ofdegree.

10.6 To be eligible for the award of a Type (c) Honours Degree a student must pass courseworth at least 300 course units, must pass a major subject and a minor Subject ANDmust pass his major subject by:10.6.1 passing each core course listed for a major in that subject in this type of Degree;

AND10.6.2 passing level 3 courses worth at least 100 course units in the major subject, of

which courses worth at least 50 course units shall be honours courses. Of thehonours courses passed, one shall be a project course, assessed by a dissertation,with a weighting of at least 20 course units.

10.7 To be eligible for the award of a Type (d) Honours Degree a student must pass courseworth at least 400 course units, must pass a minor subject AND must pass the majorsubject by:10.7.1 passing each core course listed for a major in that subject in this type of Degree;

AND10.7.2 passing level 3 courses worth at least 80 course units and level 4 courses worth

at least 80 course units in the major subject. At least one of the level 4 coursespassed shall be a project course, assessed by a dissertation, with a weighting ofat least 20 course units.

256

10.8 Each Departmental Panel of Examiners shall, having determined that a student haspassed a major subject, determine the division in which he/she has passed that subject.10.8.1 In classifying the pass in a major subject in a BSc Degree Programme the Board

shall consider the weighted aggregate mark of the level 2 courses worth 50course unit and the level 3 courses worth 50 course units that give the studentthe highest aggregate, provided that all core courses for a major in that subjectare included.

10.8.2 In classifying the pass in the major Subject in BSc Honours Degree type (a)Programme the Board shall consider the weighted aggregate of the level 2courses worth 100 course units and the level three courses worth 100 courseunits, in that subject, that give the student the highest aggregate, provided thatall core courses and honours course listed for a major in that subject in this typeof Degree are included.

10.8.3 In classifying the pass in a BSc Honours Degree type (b) Programme the Boardwill normally consider the weighted aggregate of the courses worth 100courseunits that give the student the highest aggregate, provided that all coreand honours courses listed for a major in that subject in this type of Degree areincluded.

10.8.4 In classifying the pass in the major subject in a BSc Honours Degree type (c)Programme the Board shall consider the weighted aggregate of the level 2courses worth 50 course units and the level 3 course worth 100 courses units,in that subject, that give the student the highest aggregate, provided that all corecourses and honours courses listed for a major in that subject in this type ofdegree are included.

10.8.5 In classifying the pass in the major subject in a BSc Honours Degree type (d)Programme the Board shall consider the weighted aggregate of the level 2courses worth 100 course units, the level 3 course units worth 100 course unitsand the level 4 courses worth 100 course units, in that subject, that give thestudent the highest aggregate provided that all core courses and honourscourses listed for a major in that subject in this type of Degree are included.Courses shall be weighted by multiplying the marks for level 2 courses by 2,those of level 3 courses and level 2 honours courses by 3 and those for level 3and level 4 honours courses by 4. For the purposes of this exercise, a level 2 orlevel 3 BSc course that forms a part of an honours progamme shall be treatedas though it were a BSC course at the appropriate level.

10.9 The Degree Certificate shall record that the student has been awarded the Degree, themajor subject(s), with the area of specialization enclosed in parentheses, theclassification accorded to each major subject and shall list the minor subject(s)without classification.

10.10 The Honours Degree Certificate shall record that the student has been awarded anHonours Degree in the division of the pass obtained in the major subject, that it is anHonours Degree in the major subject with, if appropriate, the area of specializationenclosed in parentheses and shall list the minor subject(s) without classification.

10.11 In addition to satisfying the regulations spelt out above, for the Food, Nutrition andFamily Sciences degrees each candidate shall be required to have passed both level2 and level 3 Industrial/Community Projects to be awarded the degree.

257

10.12 To be eligible for the award of a BSc Honours Degree in Actuarial Science a studentmust pass courses worth 300 course units from including all core courses. A studentmust also pass the project course HASC370. In classifying the pass in the BScHonours Degree in Actuarial Science, the Board shall consider a weighted aggregateof the level 2 courses worth 100 course units, the Project HASC370 and level 4courses worth 80 course units that give the student the highest mark provided all corecourses at level 2 or higher are included.

11 NOTIFICATION OF RESULTSA list of results shall be published in accordance with Section 12 of the General Regulations

which shall indicate, where appropriate, eligibility to proceed to honours in appropriatesubjects.

12. SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH SUBJECTCore course designations:M = Core Course for major in BSc Degree Programmem = Core Course for minor in BSc Degree ProgrammeH = Core Course for major in an Honours Degree ProgrammeCo-requisite courses are preceded by a slash “/”12.1 Biochemistry (BC)

12.1.1 Level 2 CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsBC201 Chemistry and Metabolism of

Carbohydrates and Lipids M CH103 10BC208 Practical Techniques in

Biochemistry CH103 10BC205 Nutrition and the Integration of

Metabolism CH103 10BC206 Microbial Biochemistry CH103 10BC210 Amino Acids, Proteins and

Enzymes M CH103 10BC211 Introduction to Molecular Biology M CH103 10

12.1.2 Level 3 CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsBC301 Protein Structure and Function 10BC304 Membrane Biochemistry 10BC305 Immunology 10BC306 Applied Biochemistry 10BC307 Molecular Biology 10BC310 Plant Biochemistry 10

12.1.3 Level 3 Honours Courses (HBC3)Notes:1. To be eligible for admission to the Honours programme in Biochemistry,

candidates will need to have good passes in Level 2 Biochemistry coursesworth at least 60 course units.

258

2. The Departmental Board may designate specified Level 3 courses offeredin the Departments of Biological Sciences and Chemistry as beingacceptable for the Honours Programme in Biochemistry.

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHBC301 Protein Structure and Function 10HBC307 Molecular Biology 10HBC303 Plant Biochemistry 10HBC304 Membrane Biochemistry 10HBC305 Immunology 10HBC306 Applied Biochemistry 10HBC310 Drug Metabolism and Toxicology BC205, 5

HBC307HBC311 Metabolic Regulation HBC304 5HBC316 Nutrition BC205 5HBC314 Biochemistry of Parasites HBC305 5HBC315 Biotechnology /HBC306 5HBC317 Advanced Practical Techniques /HBC306 10HBC319 Ecological Biochemistry BC205,

/HBC303, /HBC306 5

HBC320 Environmental Toxicology /HBC306 5HBC321 Molecular Virology /HBC307 5HBC322 Clinical Biochemistry /HBC306 5HBC351 Practical Coursework HHBC352 Readings in Biochemistry 10HBC370 Dissertation H 25

12.2 Biological Sciences (BZ)12.2.1 Level 1 Courses (BZ1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsBZ110 Diversity of Life 1 10BZ111 Diversity of Life 2 10BZ112 Genetics 10BZ113 Evolution and Ecology 10

12.2.2 Level 2 CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsBZ201 Cell Biology M, m 10BZ202 Mycology 10BZ203 Virology 10BZ204 Plant Form and Function 10BZ205 Evolutionary Botany /BZ204 10BZ206 Invertebrate Biology 10BZ207 Ecology 2 10

259

12.2.3 Level 3 Courses (BZ3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsBZ301 Bacteriology 10BZ302 Molecular Genetics 10BZ304 Vertebrate Biology 10BZ305 Arthropod Biology BZ206 10BZ306 Plant Physiology BZ204 10BZ307 Animal Physiology /BZ304 10BZ308 Biomathematics M 10BZ309 Biological Laboratory Techniques 10

12.2.4 Level 2 Honours Courses (HBZ2)Note: To be eligible for admission to the Honours programme in BiologicalSciences, candidates will normally need to have passed all Level 1 coursesunits with a mark of 2.2 or better.Level 2 Honours courses will be taught together with equivalent Level 2 andLevel 3 BSc courses.Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHBZ201 Cell Biology H 10HBZ202 Bacteriology 10HBZ203 Mycology 10HBZ204 Virology 10HBZ205 Molecular Genetics 10HBZ207 Plant Form and Function 10HBZ208 Evolutionary Botany /HBZ207 10HBZ216 Biological Laboratory Techniques /HBZ209 10HBZ209 Invertebrate Biology 10HBZ210 Arthropod Biology 10HBZ211 Vertebrate Biology 10HBZ212 Plant Physiology /HBZ207 10HBZ213 Animal Physiology /HBZ211 10HBZ214 Ecology 2 10HBZ215 Biomathematics H 10

12.2.5 Level 3 Honours Courses (HBZ3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHBZ3B01 Systematic Botany HBZ208 10HBZ3B02 Applied Botany HBZ208 10HBZ3B03 Plant Ecophysiology HBZ212 10HBZ3E01 Applied Aquatic Ecology HBZ214 10HBZ3E02 Applied Terrestrial Ecology HBZ214 10HBZ3E03 Rangeland Ecology HBZ214 10HBZ3G01 Genetic Control Mechanisms HBZ205 10HBZ3G02 Quantitative and Population

Genetics 10

260

HBZ3G03 Applied Genetics 10HBZ3G04 Advanced Molecular Genetics HBZ205 10HBZ3M01 Environmental Microbiology HBZ202,

HBZ203 10HBZ3M02 Industrial Microbiology HBZ202,

HBZ203 10HBZ3M03 Plant Pathology HBZ202,

HBZ203 10HBZ3M04 Microbial Genetics and Virology HBZ202,

HBZ203 10HBZ3P01 Parasitology HBZ210 10HBZ3P02 Applied Entomology HBZ210 10HBZ3P03 Nematology HBZ209 10HBZ3Z01 Comparative Animal Physiology HBZ213 10HBZ3Z02 Experimental Zoology HBZ213 10HBZ3Z03 Vertebrate Zoology HBZ211 10HBZ3Z04 Ecological Animal Physiology HBZ213 10HBZ3C01 Advanced Biomathematics HBZ215 10HBZ3R60 Research Project H 30

12.3 Chemistry (CH)12.3.1 Level 1 Courses (CH1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH101 Physical Chemistry 1 10CH102 Inorganic/Analytical

Chemistry 1 10CH103 Organic Chemistry 1 10CH105 General Chemistry General

Chemistry 1012.3.2 Level 2 Courses (CH2)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH201 Physical Chemistry 2 M CH101 10CH202 Inorganic Chemistry 2 M CH102 10CH203 Organic Chemistry 2 M CH103 10CH204 Analytical Chemistry 2 M CH102 10CH211 Further Physical Chemistry CH101 5CH212 Further Inorganic Chemistry CH102 5CH213 Further Organic Chemistry CH103 5CH214 Further Analytical Chemistry CH102 5

12.3.3 Level 3 Courses (CH3)Note: Any of the following 4 courses are considered core courses.Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH301 Physical Chemistry 3 M CH201 10CH302 Inorganic Chemistry 3 M CH202 10CH303 Organic Chemistry 3 M CH203 10CH304 Analytical Chemistry 3 M CH204 10

261

12.3.4 Level 3 Honours courses (HCH3)Note: 1. To be eligible for admission to the Honours Programme in Chemistrya student must(1) pass all the six Level 2 Chemistry Courses with an average of not less

than 60%;(2) pass Mathematics for Scientists (MT109) or the course MT111, and a

pass in Physics for Chemists (PH121) or Level 1 Physics course,PH104.The Project and any two of the honours courses are considered corecourse.

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH301 Physical Chemistry CH201 10CH302 Inorganic Chemistry CH202 10CH303 Organic Chemistry CH203 10CH304 Analytical Chemistry CH204 10HCH311 Advanced Physical Chemistry H CH201 10HCH312 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry H CH202 10HCH313 Advanced Organic Chemistry H CH203 10HCH314 Advanced Analytical Chemistry H CH204 10HCH370 Dissertation H 20A student shall select courses worth 30 course units from the following list, atleast 5 course units from each section.Section A: Section B:HCH321 SAME AS CH321 HCH322 SAME AS CH322HCH331 SAME AS CH331 HCH332 SAME AS CH332HCH341 SAME AS CH341 HCH342 SAME AS CH342HCH351 SAME AS CH351 HCH352 SAME AS CH352HCH361 SAME AS CH361Section C: Section D:HCH323 SAME AS CH323 HCH324 SAME AS CH324HCH333 SAME AS CH333 HCH334 SAME AS CH334HCH343 SAME AS CH343 HCH344 SAME AS CH344HCH353 SAME AS CH353 HCH354 SAME AS CH354A student shall select courses worth at least 20 course units from thefollowing lists, at least one course from each of the following sections:Section A:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH321 Atmospheric Chemistry 5CH331 Dynamic Electrochemistry 5CH341 Statistical Thermodynamics 5CH351 Industrial Chemistry 5CH361 Catalysis and Corrosion 5

262

Section B:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH322 Bioinorganic Chemistry 5CH332 Inorganic Photochemistry 5CH342 Further Solid State Chemistry 5CH352 Nuclear and Radio in

non-aqueous solvents 5Section C:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH323 Medicinal Chemistry 5CH333 Advanced Organic Spectroscopy 5CH343 Pericyclics and free radicals 5CH353 Polymer Chemistry 5Section D:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH324 Environmental Analysis 5CH334 Trace Analysis/Kinetic Methods of Analysis 5CH344 Introduction to Analogue Circuits and Devices 5CH355 Thermal Analysis 5Special topics may change from year to year.Note:1. An Honours student will normally be required to continue with projectsduring vacation at end of 1st semester.

12.3.4 Level 2 Honours Courses (HCH2)Note: To proceed to Part II, majoring in Chemistry, a student must pass the 3core courses at Part I. Courses:MT109 and PH216 are co-requisites for all Level 2 Part II Honours ChemistryCourses. A student will be exempted from MT109 if he/she has passedMTH111 and from PH216 if he/she has passed PH110.Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCH201 Physical Chemistry 2 CH101 10CH202 Inorganic Chemistry 2 CH102 10CH203 Organic Chemistry 2 CH103 10CH204 Analytical Chemitry 2 CH102 10CH211 Further Physical Chemistry CH101 5CH212 Further Inorganic Chemistry CH102 5CH213 Further Organic Chemistry CH103 5CH214 Further Analytical Chemistry CH102 5CH301 Physical Chemistry 3 /CH201 10CH302 Inorganic Chemistry 3 /CH202 10CH303 Organic Chemistry 3 /CH203 10CH304 Analytical Chemistry 3 /CH204 10

263

In addition each Honours student shall select courses worth at least 20 courseunits from the list of Level 3 Optional Courses listed in Section12.3.3, at leastone 5 unit course from each of the sections listed there.

12.3.5 Level 3 Honours Courses (HCH3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHCH311 Advanced Physical Chemistry H CH201 10HCH312 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry H CH202 10HCH313 Advanced Organic Chemistry H CH203 10HCH314 Advanced Analytical Chemistry H CH204 10HCH370 Dissertation H 20HCH331 Dynamic Electrochemistry 05HCH341 Statistical Thermodynamics 05HCH342 Further Solid State Chemistry 05HCH352 Nuclear and Radio in

non-aqueous solvents 05HCH333 Advanced Organic Spectroscopy 05HCH343 Pericyclic and free radicals 05HCH334 Trace Analysis/Kinetic Methods

of Analysis 05HCH344 Introduction to Analog Circuits

and Devices 0512.4 Computer Science (CT)

12.4.1 Level 1 Courses (CT1)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCT113 Programming 1 10CT112 Fundamental MathematicalStructures M 10CT108 Data Structures and Algorithms M, m /CT113 10CT109 Logic Design and Switching

Circuits M 10CT120 Introduction to the Use of

Computers 10CT130 Computer Science for Engineers 10Note: The Course CT120 is a Practical Course.

12.4.2 Level 2 Courses (CT2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCT210 Software Engineering 10CT211 Database Concepts 10CT214 Discrete Mathematics 10CT215 Microcontrollers,

Microprocessors and Interfacing 10CT216 Programming 2 M CT113 10CT260 Practical Project M 10

264

12.4.3 Level 3 Courses (CT3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCT301 Operating Systems M 10CT316 Programming Languages 10CT322 Computer Organization &

Architecture 10CT323 Design and Analysis of

Algorithms 10CT324 Theory of Computation CT214 10CT360 Major Project M 10

12.4.4 Honours Type(b) Computer Science (HCT4)Students are required to register for the dissertation and for additional courseworth a minimum of eighty course units.Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHCT401 Computer Graphics 10HCT402 Introduction to Parallel Processing 10HCT403 Applications of Database Systems 10HCT404 Artificial Intelligence 10HCT405 Theory of Programming Languages 10HCT406 Formal Languages 10HCT407 Data Communications and Networks 10HCT408 Numerical Analysis 10HCT409 Advanced Database 10HCT410 Compiling Systems Design 10HCT411 Knowledge-based Systems 10HCT414 Human Computer Interaction 10HCT412 Computer Aided Design and

Manufacturing 10HCT413 Advanced Topics in Computer

Science 10HCT460 Project 20

12.4.5 Type (a) Honours Programme (HCT)12.4.5.1 Entry Requirements

Normally students with an average of 2.1 or better in all four Level 1courses will be considered.

12.4.5.2 Level 2 Honours Courses (HCT2)Honours students shall register for courses worth at least 120 courseunits from the list below including Level 2 courses worth at least 60course units as in the BSc programme

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCT210 Software Engineering 10CT211 Database Concepts 10CT214 Discrete Mathematics 10CT215 Microcontrollers and Microprocessors and Interfacing 10

265

CT216 Programming 2 H CT113 10CT260 Practical Project H 10CT207 Introduction to Data

Communications 10HCT204/404 Artificial Intelligence 10HCT206Design of Information Systems 10CT301 Operating Systems H 10CT316 Programming Languages 10CT322 Computer Organisation &

Architecture 10BSC126 Business Management for

Scientists 1012.4.5.3 Level 3 Honours Courses (HCT3)

An Honours student will register for CT323 and CT324 and HCT370plus Honours courses worth 80 course units from those on offer.

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsCT323 Design & analysis of Algorithms H 10CT324 Theory of computation H CT214 10HCT301/HCT401 Computer Graphics 10HCT303/HCT403 Application of

Database Systems 10HCT302/HCT402 Introduction to Parallel

Processing 10HCT311/HCT411 Knowledge Based

Systems HCT204 10HCT305/HCT405 Theory of Programming

Languages 10HCT306/HCT406 Formal Languages 10HCT307/HCT407 Data Communications

and Networks HCT207 10HCT308/HCT408 Numerical Analysis 10HCT310/HCT410 Compiling System

Design 10HCT309/HCT409 Advanced Database 10HCT312/HCT412 Computer Aided Design

and Manufacturing 10HCT313/HCT413 Advanced Topics in

Computer Science 10HCT314/HCT414 Human Computer

Interaction 10HCT360/HCT460 Dissertation 2012.4.5.4 Project Work for CT260 and HCT360/HCT460

Students will normally be required to spend at least two thirds of thevacation periods in attendance in the Department in order to concentrateon their project work.

266

12.5 Geography (GG)12.5.1 Level 1 Courses (GG1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGG1010 Fundamentals of Soils and

Climatic Systems M, m 10GG1020 Fundamentals of Ecosystems

and Hydrology M, m 10GG1030 Cultural and Economic Geography

of the Developed World M, m 10GG1040 Cultural and Economic Geography

of the Developing World M, m 10Notes:1. Courses GG1010 and 1020 shall each include theory, practical and

fieldwork components in their coursework.The fieldwork consists of full day excursions which normally takeplace on Saturdays.

2. The weighting in each course between continuous assessment andend-of-course examinations shall be:Continuous Assessment 30%Examination 70%

12.5.2 Level 2 Courses (GG2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGG2010 Aspects of Geomorphological

Systems M,m 10GG2020 Aspects of Environmental

Systems M,m 10GG2030 Aspects of Economic Geography M,m 10GG2040 Aspects of Social Geography M,m 10GG2057 Techniques in Geography M,m 20

12.5.2 Level 3 Courses (GG3)Core CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGG3400 Techniques in Geography M 10GG3500 Projects M 10Optional coursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGG3010 Hydrology 10GG3020 Applied Hydrology / GG3010 10GG3030 Ecosystems 10GG3040 Biogeography 10GG3050 Geomorphology 10GG3060 Fluvial Geomorphology 10GG3070 Fundamentals of Transport Studies 10

267

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGG3080 Applied Transport Studies / GG3070 10GG3090 Urban Geography Urban

Geography 10GG3100 Social Geography of the City 10GG3110 Geography of Sub-Saharan Africa 10GG3120 Geography of Central and

Southern Africa 10GG3130 Spatial Population Analysis 10GG3140 Contemporary Population Issues in

Development / GG3130 10GG3150 Geography of Tourism and Recreation 10GG3160 Applied Geography of Tourism and

Recreation / GG3150 10GG3170 Methods of Spatial Analysis 10GG3180 Models of Spatial Analysis / GG3170 10GG3190 Principles of Agricultural Geography 10GG3200 Agricultural Geography of Africa 10GG3210 Third World Development 10GG3220 Regional Development Planning 10GG3230 Geographic Information Systems 10GG3240 Advanced GIS and Remote Sensing / GG3230 10GG3250 Industrial Geography 10GG3260 Political Geography 10GG3270 Soil Geography 10GG3280 Natural Hazards 10GG3290 Urban Geography of the Third World 10GG3300 Tropical Environments 10GG3310 Microclimatology 10GG3320 Quaternary Environments 10GG3330 Global Climate Change 10GG3340 Resource Evaluation 10GG3420 Resource Management / GG3340 10GG3350 Rural Geography 10GG3360 Medical Geography 10GG3410 Climatology 10GG3370 Commercial Geography 10GG3380 Geography of Rangelands Management 10GG3390 Economic Geography 10GG3450 Historical Geography 10Notes1. At both Level 2and Level 3, instructions shall consist of theory,

practicals and fieldwork. The fieldwork is compulsory.2. The weighting in each course between continuous assessment and

end-of-course examinations shall be:Continuous Assessment 30%Examination 70%

268

12.5.3 Level 2 Honours Courses (HGG2)A student shall register for all twelve core coursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHGG0010 Aspects of Geomorphological

Systems H 10HGG0020 Aspects of Environmental

Systems H 10HGG0030 Aspects of Economic

Geography H 10HGG0040 Aspects of Social Geography H 10HGG0050 Geography of Sub-

Saharan Africa H 10HGG0060 Geography of Central and

Southern Africa H 10HGG0070 Regional Geography of the

Industrialised World H 10HGG0080 Regional Geography of the

Developing World H 10HGG0090 Geography of Zimbabwe H 10HGG0100 Air Photo Interpretation and

Computing H 10HGG0110 Quantitative Methods for

Geographers H 10HGG0120 Research Essay H 10

12.5.4 Level 3 Honours Courses (HGG3)A student shall register for core courses and optional courses worth at least 60course units from the list below:Core CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHGG0470 Techniques in Geography

including G1S and RemoteSensing H 20

HGG0480 Geographic Thought H 20HGG3370 Dissertation H 40Optional CoursesCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHGG0130 Hydrology /HGG0140 10HGG0140 Applied Hydrology /HGG0130 10HGG0150 Ecosystems 10HGG0160 Biogeography 10HGG0170 Geomorphology 10HGG0180 Fluvial Geomorphology 10HGG0190 Fundamentals of

Transport Studies 10

269

HGG0200 Applied Transport Studies /HGG0190 10HGG0210 Urban Geography 10HGG0220 Social Geography of the City 10HGG0230 Economic Geography 10HGG0240 Historical Geography 10HGG0250 Spatial Population Analysis 10HGG0260 Contemporary Population

Issues in Development / HGG0250 10HGG0270 Geography of Tourism and

Recreation / HGG0270 10HGG0280 Applied Geography of Tourism

and Recreation 10HGG0290 Methods of Spatial Analysis 10HGG0300 Models of Spatial Analysis / HGG0290 10HGG0310 Principles of Agricultural Geography 10HGG0320 Agricultural Geography of Africa 10HGG0330 Third World Development 10HGG0340 Regional Development Planning 10HGG0350 Geographic Information Systems 10HGG0360 Advanced GIS and Remote Sensing / HGG0350 10HGG0370 Industrial Geography 10HGG0390 Soil Geography 10HGG0380 Natural Hazards 10HGG0410 Urban Geography of the

Third World 10HGG0400 Tropical Environments 10HGG0430 Microclimatology 10HGG0460 Quaternary Environments 10HGG0450 Global Climate Change 10HGG0420 Resource Evaluation 10HGG0490 Resource Management / HGG0420 10HGG0440 Medical Geography 10HGG0500 Commercial Geography 10HGG0520 Climatology 10HGG0540 Geography of Rangelands

Management 10HGG0550 Political Geography 10HGG0560 Rural Geography 10

12.5.5 Special Honours Courses (HGG4)A student shall register for the core courses listed below and for courses worthat least 30 courses units from the level 3 courses listed above, provided theywere not taken during the BSc Degree Programme. A student who did theGeography of the sub-Saharian Africa and the Geography of Central andSouthern Africa at the BSc Degree Level 3 shall be required to register for 2more courses from the list of optional courses worth 10 course units under BScHonours Level 3 above

270

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHGG0050 Geography of Sub-Saharan

Africa H 10HGG0060 Geography of Central and

Southern Africa H 10HGG0070 Regional Geography of the

Industrialised World H 10HGG0080 Regional Geography of the

Developing World H 10HGG0090 Geography of Zimbabwe H 10HGG0480 Geographic Thought H 20HGG0470 Dissertation H 40

12.6 Geology (GL)12.6.1 Level 1 Courses (GG1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGL106 Planet Earth and its Minerals M, m 10GL107 Introduction to Petrology 10GL108 Economic and Applied

Geology /GL106,GL107 10

GL109 Introduction to Maps andFieldwork M, m /GL106,

GL107 10Notes:1. Fieldwork will form a part of Course GL109 and will normally consist

of 5 half-day or a 3 day excursion in a period which may include aweekend and a national holiday.

12.6.2 Level 2 Courses (GL2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGL213 Advanced Mineralogy M GL106,

GL109 20GL214 Igneous & Metamorphic

Petrology M GL107,GL109 10

GL215 Sedimentology GL107,GL109,GL281 05

GL216 Structures and Plate Tectonics GL106,GL109,GL281 10

GL217 Further Applied Geology GL108,GL109 10

271

GL281 Fieldwork 2 M GL109,GL215,GL216 05

Notes:1. Coursework GL213 and GL214 are Practical-Theory Courses.

Assessment weightings:Theory Continuous Assessment Mark 25%Practical Continuous Assessment Mark 25%Theory Examination Mark 25%Practical Examination Mark 25%For examination purposes, the practical examination for GL213 shallbe known as GL280 and the practical examination for GL214 shall beknown as GL282.

2. Course GL281 is a Field Course.12.6.3 Level 3 Course (GL3)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsGL309 Advanced Igneous &

Metamorphic Petrology andGeochemistry M GL213,

GL209,GL281 20

GL313 Geology of Southern Africa GL209,GL215,GL281 5

GL315 Geotectonics GL215,GL281 10

GL317 Advanced Economic &Applied Geology GL213,

GL217 20GL381 Fieldwork 3 GL281,

GL309,GL315,GL313 5

Notes:1. Courses GL309 and GL315 are Practical-Theory Courses.

Assessment weightings:Theory Continuous Assessment Mark 25%Practical Continuous Assessment Mark 25%Theory Examination Mark 25%Practical Examination Mark 25%For examination purposes, the practical examination for GL309 shallbe known as GL382 and the practical examination for GL315 shall beknown as GL380.

2. Courses GL381, is a field Course.

272

12.6.3.2 Optional courses from EngineeringCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMIE201 Introduction to Mining and

Metallurgy GL301,311,312 15

MIE303 Mine Surveying GL308,GL308,312 30

SL307 Introduction to Soil Science GL301,311,GL308,312 15

12.6.4 Type(b) Honours Courses (GL4)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHGL401 Hard Rocks H 20HGL402 Soft Rocks H 20HGL403 Economic Geology H 20HGL451 Practical Course H 20HGL452 Field Course H 10HGL470 Project H 30HGL460 Mini-Project 1012.6.4.1 In addition to the criteria specified in Section 10.5, to be eligible for

the award of a BSc Honours Degree, a candidate will normally berequired to gain at least 50% separately in Theory Overall (TO),Practical Overall (PO) and the Project Course (HGL470). TheoryOverall will be the average mark of HGL401, HGL402 and HGL403.Practical Overall shall be the average mark of HGL451 and HGL452.

12.6.4.2 In classifying the Degree the Board shall consider the mean of theTheory Overall, Practical Overall and Project marks.

12.6.4.3 ProjectThe Project entails 12 weeks of full-time work, normally six weeks inthe field and six weeks laboratory evaluation and dissertation writing.The dissertation shall be due on a date to be determined by theDepartmental Board prior to the start of the Programme. An oralexamination with the External Examiner will normally be held.

12.7 Mathematics (MTH)12.7.1 Level 1 Courses (MTH1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMTH101 Calculus 1 10MTH102 Linear Mathematics 1 10MTH111 Calculus 2 10MTH112 Mathematical Discourse and

Structures 10MT109 Mathematics for Chemists and

Food Scientists 10MT109 may not be taken by students who have registered for one or more ofMTH101, MTH102, MTH111, MTH112.

273

12.7.2 Level 2 Courses (MTH2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMTH201 Analysis 1 M** MTH101 10MTH202 Linear Mathematics 2 M MTH102 10MTH204 Vector Calculus MTH101,

MTH111 10MTH007 Number Theory MTH112,

MTH101 10MTH208 Advanced Calculus 1 M** MTH101 10MTH211 Ordinary Differential Equations M MTH102 10MTH212 Numerical Methods MTH101/

MTH211 10MTH214 Mechanics MTH111 10MTH006 History of Mathematical

Thought 10MTH215 Graph Theory 10A student who has not taken Level 1 Statistics courses may take STS101 and/or STS111 as level 2 Mathematics Courses.** Candidates must take precisely ONE of the two courses MTH 201, MTH 208

12.7.3 Level 2 Honours Courses (HMTH2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHMTH201 Analysis 1 H MTH101 10HMTH202 Linear Mathematics 2 H TH102 10HMTH204 Vector Calculus MTH101 10+HMTH006 History of Mathematical

Thought 10HMTH211 Ordinary Differential

Equations MTH102 10HMTH212 Numerical Methods MTH101,

MTH211 10HMTH215 Graph Theory MTH112 10HMTH221 Optimization /HMTH213 10HMTH224 Introduction to Mathematical

Modelling 10+HMTH005 Algebra 1 MTH112 10HMTH231 Analysis 2 H HMTH201 10HMTH232 PDEs and Fourier Series /HMTH211 10+HMTH015 Algebra 2 /HMTH005 10HMTH236 Complex Variable MTH201 10HMTH239 Introduction to Fluid

Mechanics HMTH204HMTH214 10

HMTH007 Number Theory MTH112 10A student who has not taken Level 1 Statistics courses may take STS101 and/or STS111 as level 2 Mathematics Honours Courses and also STS213 andSTS211.

274

12.7.4 Level 3 Courses (MTH3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMTH301 Optimization 10MTH306 Introduction to Mathematical

Modelling MTH211 10MTH005 Algebra 1 MTH112 10MTH311 Analysis 2 M** MTH201 10MTH312 Fourier Series and PDE s MTH101 10MTH015 Algebra 2 MTH005 10MTH316 Complex Variable MTH201

or MTH208,MTH102 10

MTH318 Advanced Calculus 2 M MTH208 10MTH319 Introduction to Fluid

Mechanics MTH204,MTH214 10

MTH006 History of MathematicalThought 10

A student who has not taken Level 2 Statistics courses may take STS213 and/or STS211 as level 3 Mathematics Courses.** Candidates must take precisely ONE of the two courses MTH311, MTH318.

12.7.5 Level 3 Honours Courses (HMTH3/4)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHMTH321 Analysis 3 H HMTH231 20HMTH322 Complex Analysis 3 HMTH231,

HMTH236 20HMTH323 Further Real Analysis /HMTH321 20HMTH324 Further Complex Analysis /HMTH322 20HMTH326 Applied Group Theory HMTH015,

HMTH202 20HMHT327 Fluid Mechanics HMTH234 20HMTH328 Partial Differential Equations HMTH232 20HMTH329 Non-linear Ordinary

Differential Equations HMTH212,HMTH211 20

HMTH330 Perturbation Theory HMTH232 20HMTH331 Calculus of Variations HMTH231 20HMTH332 Control Theory HMTH231 20HMTH333 Further Numerical Methods

with Optimization HMTH212,HMTH211 20

HMTH334 Numerical Solutions of PDE’s HMTH212 20HHMTH035 Commutative Algebra HMTH015 20HHMTH036 Topology 20HHMTH037 Set Theory and Logic 20

275

HHMTH038 Group Theory HMTH0105 20HMTH339 Field Extensions and

Galois Theory HMTH015 20HMTH340 Advanced Graph Theory HMTH215 20HMTH341 Number Theory HMTH217 20HMTH370 Dissertation H 20A candidate registered for the BSc Honours (Mathematics) may take coursesworth at most forty courses units from among the following courses: HSTS403,HSTS411, HSTS408, HSTS415, HSTS427, HSTS428, HSTS301, HSTS302,HSTS312, HSTS323, HSTS324, HSTS325, HSTS326.Notes:1. Each student will be required to submit a dissertation for HMTH370,

prepared using TEX or IATEX, of between 30 and 50 pages by notlater than the end of teaching in the second semester of his/her finalyear. The student will be required to present at least one seminar onhis/her project during the year and may be required to attend an oralexamination.

2. A student will be expected to spend most of the vacation between thefirst and second semester working on the research project which formspart of HMTH370. This work will normally require them to be inattendance in the Department.

12.8 Physics (PH)12.8.1 Level 1 Courses (PH1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH108 Mechanics and Oscillations 10PH109 Thermal Physics and Wave

Motion 10PH103 Electricity and Magnetism 10PH110 Atomic and Nuclear Physics 10

12.8.2 Level 2 Coursea (PH2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH201 Mechanics 10PH215 Solid State Physics I 10PH216 Physics for Chemists 10PH203 Electronics I 10PH221 Vector Methods &

Electromagnetism 10PH223 Optics 10PH212 Thermodynamics 10PH211 Waves and Optics 10PH222 Computer Programming 10PH2XX Physics of Materials 10

276

12.8.3 Level 3 courses (PH3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH305 Solid State Physics 2 10PH306 Quantum Mechanics 1 10PH313 Electronics 2 10PH314 Nuclear Physics 10PH315 Atomic Physics and Relativity 10PH321 Environmental Physics 10PH322 Atmospheric Physics 10PH325 Geophysics 10PH3326 Principles of Meteorology 10PH3327 Global Geophysics 10

12.8.4 Level 2 Type (a) Honours courses (HPH2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH201 Mechanics 10PH203 Electronics 1 10PH212 Thermodynamics 10PH215 Solid State Physics 1 10PH221 Vector Methods & Electromagnetism 10PH306 Quantum Mechanics 1 10PH315 Atomic Physics and Relativity 10PH211 Waves and Optics 10PH222 Computer Programming 10PH223 Optics 10PH224 Physics of Materials 10In addition, FOUR of the following Mathematics courses must be taken:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMTH208 Advanced Calculus 1 MTH101 10MTH202 Linear Mathematics 2 MTH102 10MTH312 PDE’s and Fourier series MTH101 10MTH211 Ordinary Differential Equations MTH102 10MTH212 Numerical Methods MTH101/

MTH211 1012.8.5 Level 3 Type (a) Honours courses (HPH3)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH305 Solid State Physics 2 10PH313 Electronics 2 10PH314 Nuclear Physics 10HPH303 Electronic Instrumentation 10HPH304 Electromagnetic Theory 10HPH306 Statistical Mechanics 10HPH331 Measurement and Control 10HPH370 Dissertation H 20HPH371 Construction Project 10and at least FOUR of the following honours courses (when on offer) :

277

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHPH305 Classical Dynamics 10HPH307 High Energy Physics 10HPH316 Quantum Mechanics 2 10HPH333 Advanced Optics 10HPH336 Theory of Solids 10HPH337 Chaos 10HPH339 Meteorology 10HPH343 Mathematical Methods 10HPH345 Energy Sources 10HPH338 Geophysics 10HPH347 Astronomy 10HPH3323 Exploration Geophysics 10And ONE of the following courses:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH321 Environmental Physics 10PH322 Atmospheric Physics 10PH325 Geophysics 10PH326 Principles of Meteorology 10PH327 Global Geophysics 10

12.8.6. Physics Type (b) Honours Courses (HPH4)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH306 Quantum Mechanics 1 10PH313 Electronics 2 10HPH403 Electronic Instrumentation 10HPH404 Electromagnetic Theory 10HPH406 Statistical Mechanics 10HPH431 Measurement and Control 10HPH470 Dissertation H 20HPH471 Construction Project 10and at least FOUR of the following honours courses (when on offer) :Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHPH405 Classical Dynamics 10HPH407 High Energy Physics 10HPH416 Quantum Mechanics 2 10HPH433 Advanced Optics 10HPH436 Theory of Solids 10HPH437 Chaos 10HPH439 Meteorology 10HPH443 Mathematical Methods 10HPH445 Energy Sources 10HPH447 Astronomy 10HPH440 Exploration Geophysics 10And ONE of the following courses:

278

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsPH305 Solid State Physics 2 10PH314 Nuclear Physics 10PH321 Environmental Physics 10PH322 Atmospheric Physics 10PH325 Geophysics 10PH326 Principles of Meteorology 10PH3327 Global Geophysics 10

Also FOUR of the following Mathematics Courses:Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsMTH202 Linear Mathematics 2 MTH102 10MTH208 Advanced Calculus 1 MTH101 10MTH211 Ordinary Differential Equations MTH102 10MTH212 Numerical Methods MTH101/

MTH211 10MTH312 PDE’s and Fourier Series MTH101 10Notes:(a) Candidates for the Type (a) Honours programme must have passed

ALL level 1 courses in Physics and at least MTH101, MTH102,MTH111 at their first attempt.

(b) At the discretion of the Physics Department, candidates for the Type(b) Honours programme may be exempted from registering for PartII Mathematics courses.

(c) The practical course (HPH371/HPH471) will be assessed by continuousassessment only.

12.9 Statistics(STS)12.9.1 Level 1 Courses (STS1)

Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsSTS101 Probability Theory 1 M,m,H / MTH101,

MTH102 10STS102 Applied Statistics 1 H 10STS111 Statistical Inference 1 H / MTH111,

STS101 10STS112 Applied Statistics 2 H /STS101,102 10STS004 Introduction to Statistics 10The course may not be taken by a student who has passed one or more ofSTS101, STS102, STS111, STS112.

12.9.2 Level 2 courses (STS2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsSTS201 Theory of Estimation M,H 10STS202 Survey Techniques H 10STS203 Statistical Computing 1 H 10STS211 Regression Analysis and

ANOVA M,H /STS201 10

279

STS212 Social and Economic Statistics 10STS213 Probability Theory 2 H STS101 10STS221 Testing of Hypotheses M,H STS201 10

12.9.3 Level 3 courses (STS3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsSTS301 Multivariate Analysis H,M 10STS302 Time Series H,M 10STS311 Statistical Inference 2 H 10STS312 Design and Analysis of

Experiments 10STS323 Econometrics 10STS324 Demography 10STS325 Operations Research 10STS326 Official Statistics 1 10STS327 Stochastic Process 1 10

12.9.4 Level 3 Honours courses (HSTS3)See also Section 5.2.8In order to be considered for entry to the honours degree programme a studentmust have passed the following courses: MTH101, MTH102, MTH111, inMathematics and STS101,STS102, STS111, STS112, STS201, STS211,STS221, STS202, STS203, STS213. In addition, she/he must have obtainedgood passes (2.1 or better) in the six level 2 Statistics courses listed. A studentwho does not meet these standards may be considered as special entry cases tothe programme and may be admitted on the recommendation of the DepartmentalBoard after a selection exercise.Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHSTS301 Multivariate Analysis M,H 10HSTS302 Time Series M,H 10HSTS327 Stochastic Processes 1 10HSTS361 Industrial /Community Attachment 1 5HSTS331 Statistical Computing 2 10MTH201/208 Analysis 1/Advanced

Calculus 1 H 10MTH202 Linear Mathematics 2 H 10HSTS311 Statistical Inference 3 H 10HSTS312 Design and Analysis of

Experiments H 10HSTS323 Econometrics 10HSTS324 Demography 10HSTS325 Operations Research 10HSTS326 Official Statistics 2 10HSTS332 Industrial Quality Control 10HSTS333 Quality Management 10HSTS334 Sampling Theory 10HSTS336 Bioassays and Modelling 10Candidates must take precisely ONE of the two courses MTH201, MTH208

280

12.9.5 Level 4 Honours courses (HSTC4)See also Sections 5.2.8Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHSTS423 Econometrics 10HSTS424 Demography 10HSTS425 Operations Research 10HSTS426 Official Statistics 1 10HSTS427 Stochastic Processes 1 10HSTS428 Stochastic Processes 2 10HSTS401 Statistical computing 2 10HSTS402 Industrial Quality Control 10HSTS403 Advanced Probability Theory /HMTH321 20HSTS405 Statistical Ecology 10HSTS406 Bioassays and Modelling 10HSTS407 Actuarial Statistics 20HSTS408 Risk Theory 20HSTS409 Official Statistics 2 HSTS326 10HSTS410 Applied Economic Statistics HSTS323 10HSTS411 General Linear Models 20HSTS412 Dynamic Regression Models 20HSTS413 Quality Management 10HSTS414 Reliability Theory 20HSTS415 Sampling Theory 10HSTS461 Industrial/Community

Attachment 2 05HSTS470 Dissertation H 20The course HST461 should be pursued during the vacations

12.9.6 Project Work (Dissertation)A student will be required to spend at least two-thirds of the vacation periodsin attendance in the Department in order to concentrate on the project work.

12.10 Food Science And Technology, and Nutritional Science (FS and FN)12.10.1 Level 1 Courses

The Level 1 courses for Food Science and Technology and for NutritionalSciences shall be the sameCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsFS103 Cell Biology and Immunology M(FS),M(N) 10FS104 Genetics and Molecular Biology 10FS114 Introduction to Food Science and

Technology M(FS) 10FS115 Introduction to Nutritional Sciences 10MT109 Mathematics for Chemistry,

Food and Nutritional Sciences 10FS119 Computer Science for Food and

Nutritional Sciences 10AGEC111 Economics of Agriculture 10

281

CH105 General Chemistry 10CH101 Physical Chemistry 10CH102 Inorganic/Analytical Chemistry 1 10CH103 Organic Chemistry 1 M(FS),M(N) 10STS004 Introduction to Statistics 10Core Course DesignationsM(FS) = Core course for a major in Food Science and TechnologyM(N) = Core course for a major in Nutritional Sciences

12.10.2Food Science and Technology (FS)12.10.2.1 Level 2 Courses (FS2)CourseCourse Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsFS219 Food Chemistry —

Macrocomponents CH103 20FS205 Food Analysis M(FS) 10FS220 Food Microbiology M(FS) FS103 10FS208 Food Engineering 1 MT109 20FS209 Food Toxicology 10BC201 Chemistry and Metabolism

of Carbohydrates and Lipids CH103 10BC210 Amino acids, Proteins and

Enzymes CH103 10FS218 Sensory Evaluation of Food 10FS216 Fundamentals of Nutrition 10FS217 Statistical Methods in Food

and Nutritional Sciences ST004 1012.10.2.2 Level 3 Courses (FS3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsFS301 Sanitation and Legislation 10FS304 Meat Technology 10FS305 Food Engineering 2 FS208 20FS316 Food Fermentations 10FS307 Fruit and Vegetable Technology 10FS308 Quality Assurance and

Experimental Design FS217 10FS309 Cereal Technology 10FS310 Product Development and

Marketing 10FS311 Dairy Technology 10FS314 Fats and Oils Technology 10FS315 Food Chemistry -Micronutrients 10FS360 Industrial/Community Attachment 10

282

12.10.3 Type(b) Honours in Food Science and Technology (HFS4)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHFS401 Food Biotechnology 10HFS402 Food Packaging 10HFS403 Environmental Management 10HFS404 Advanced Food Processing 20HFS470 Project and Dissertation H(FS) 30HFS405 Quality Management Systems 10HFS406 Advanced Sensory Evaluation

of Food 10Notes:(i) The project will entail 6 weeks of full-time work. A student may be

required to start the project during the vacation(ii) To be eligible for registration for the honours degree, a student will

normally have completed the BSc Degree with a major in FoodScience and Technology with at least a 2.1 classification.

12.10.4Nutritional Science12.10.4.1 Level 2 courses (FN2)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsFN218 Physiology M(N) FS103 20FN219 Sources and Biochemical

Functions of Macronutrients M(N) /BC201/BC210 10

FN220 Sources and BiochemicalFunctions of Micronutrients M(N) /FN219 10

BC201 Chemistry and Metabolismof Carbohydrates and Lipids CH103 10

BC210 Amino Acids, Proteins andEnzymes CH103 10

FS219 Food Chemistry —Macrocomponents CH103 20

FS205 Food Analysis 10FS220 Food Microbiology FS103 10FS209 Food Toxicology 10FS217 Statistical Methods in Food

and Nutritional Sciences STS004 1012.10.4.2 Level 3 Courses (FN3)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsFN301 Nutritional Epidemiology FN219,

FN220 10FN305 Public Health Nutrition FN219,

FN220 10FN318 Clinical Nutrition and

Dietetics M(N) BC201,BC210 20

283

FN308 Food, Nutrition andAgricultural Systems FN219,

FN220 10FN317 Nutritional Assessment and

Surveillance FN219,FN220 10

FN311 Nutrition Education andCommunication FN219,

FN220 10FN313 Nutritional Planning and

Programme Management 10FN314 Advanced Topics in Nutrition BC201,

BC210 10FN315 Techniques in Nutritional

Biochemistry and Metabolism BC201,BC210 10

FN319 Food Service Management 10FS301 Sanitation and Legislation 10FN320 Industrial/Community Attachment 10

12.10.5Type(b) Honours Degree in Nutritional Science (HFN4)Course Prerequisite CourseCode Course description Designation /Co-requisite UnitsHFN401 Advanced Clinical Nutrition FN318 20HFN402 Molecular Nutrition FN314 10HFN403 Seminar Topics and

Literature Review in Nutrition 20HFN404 International Nutrition 10HFN405 Advanced Biostatistics

(Biometry or Biomathematics) FN219 10HFN406 Public Health Assignment FN305 10FS316 Food Fermentation 10FS403 Quality Assurance 10FN470 Project and Dissertation H(N) 30

13. SYLLABUSESIn accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses forSubjects/Courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall besubmitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall bemaintained in the Faculty Office for reference.

284

FACULTY OF SOCIAL STUDIES

REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, HONOURS DEGREE IN ADMINISTRATION (HAD)BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ECONOMICS HONOURS (HEC)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, HONOURS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (HPOS)BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY HONOURS (HPS)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RURAL AND URBAN PLANNING HONOURS (HRUP)BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, SOCIOLOGY HONOURS (HSO)

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK HONOURS (HSW)

GENERAL REGULATIONS

1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as the general regulations.1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations.

2. DEFINITION OF TERMSIn these regulations terms used are as described in the General Regulations.

3. PROGRAMMESThe Faculty of Social Studies offers the following undergraduate degrees:Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Administration (HAD)Bachelor of Science, Economics Honours (HEC)Bachelor of Science, Honours Degree in Poliltical Science (HPOS)Bachelor of Science, Psychology Honours (HPS)Bachelor of Science, Rural and Urban Planning Honours (HRUP)Bachelor of Science, Sociology Honours (HSO)Bachelor of Social Work Honours (HSW)Courses in the Faculty of Social Studies are taught in the following Departments:• Centre for Population Studies• Centre for Applied Social Sciences• Department of Economics• Department of Political and Administrative Studies• Department of Psychology• Department of Rural and Urban Planning• Department of Sociology• School of Social Work

285

4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS4.1 To be admitted to any of the Degree Programmes offered in the Faculty of Social

Studies, a candidate must have satisfied the minimum condition for entrance to degreestudies at this University, as prescribed in the General Regulations.

4.2 Additional requirements for specific programmes:4.2.1 In the case of the BSc Economics Honours Degree, a pass at grade B or better

at ordinary Level, or equivalent, in Mathematics;4.2.2 in the case of the BSc Psychology Honours Degree, passes at Ordinary Level,

or equivalent, in Mathematics and an approved Science subject;4.2.3 in the case of the BSc RUP Honours Degree, a Grade B or better at Ordinary

Level pass in Mathematics and an Advanced Level pass in Geography.4.3 A student may apply for special entry into programmes offered by the Faculty of Social

Studies in accordance with provisions as prescribed in the General AcademicRegulations.

5. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES5.1 The minimum duration of a degree is three or four years, depending on the number of

levels at which the courses are taught.5.2 Courses are taught at 3 or 4 levels of study.5.3 A course weighted 12 course units shall be taught in a semester and a course weighted

24 course units shall be taught in two semesters of the same academic year. Each courseconsists of at least two hours of lectures and one hour of tutorials per week.

5.4 A course may be designated core or optional for each degree programme.5.5 Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.5.6 All Social Studies students shall take a non credit computer appreciation course

totaling 40 hours in the course of the degree programme.5.7 Subject to the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean, a student may take

optional courses taught in other departments.5.8 A student wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the

prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the departmentconcerned.

5.9 To be awarded a three level degree a student must take and pass courses worth 144course units at level 1, 120 course units at each of levels 2 and 3. To be awarded an HSWDegree a student must take and pass courses worth 144 course units at level 1, 132 atlevel 2 and 120 course units each at levels 3 and 4. To be awarded the HRUP Degreea student must take and pass courses worth 144 course units at each level from level 1to level 4.

5.10 A student must not register for courses worth more than 72 course units, per semester5.11 A level I student registered for a Degree programme in the Faculty of Social Studies

may apply to transfer to a different degree programme in the Faculty. In all cases, thetransfer shall be subject to the agreement of the Departmental Board responsible for theDegree to which the student wishes to transfer and the Dean of Social Studies.

6. EXAMINATIONS6.1 The end of course examination shall normally take place at the end of the semester in

which teaching is completed.6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a candidate must have satisfactorily attended the

approved course of study at the University of Zimbabwe. Satisfactory attendance

286

means submission of all required written work and participation in all prescribedseminars, tutorials, practical classes and fieldwork.

6.3 The end of course examination for a course of twelve units shall be of two hoursduration and that of a course of twenty four units shall be of three or four hours duration,as specified in the subject regulations.

6.4 The examiners may require a student to attend an oral examination in a given course.

7. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES7.1 Normally, a course, other than a project course or a dissertation course, shall be

assessed by continuous assessment and an end of course examination.7.2 A fieldwork course or a practical course shall be assessed as prescribed in the

Departmental Regulations.7.3 The assessment of a project OR dissertation course shall be based on a written report

submitted on a date prescribed in the Departmental Regulations. The submission datewill normally be at the end of the semester in which the course is completed.

7.4 Unless stipulated otherwise in the Departmental Regulations, continuous assessmentshall contribute between 25% and 33% of the overall mark for a course.

8. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTSThe processing of the examination results shall be as prescribed in the General Regulations.

9. DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTSThe degree shall be classified in accordance with General Regulations.

10. AWARD OF THE DEGREEThe degree shall be awarded in accordance with General Regulations.

11/ SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH DEGREE PROGRAMME

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN ADMINISTRATION (HAD)Level 1 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPA103 Introduction to Political Science 24PA102 Introduction to Political Theory 24PA101 Introduction to Public Administration 24AD103 Introduction to Research Methods 24CSS0101 Academic Communication skills for Social Studies 12CSS0102 Professional Communication skills for Social Studies 12

Optional CoursesSubject to the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean, a student shall take Level 1courses chosen from list A OR offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or related Facultiesworth at least 24 course units.

287

LIST APA 106 Constitutional Law and Politics 24AD110 Public Sector Accounting 12AD111 Public Sector Auditing 12

Level 2 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAD201 Public Policy PA101 12AD202 Policy Formulation and Analysis PA101 12AD203 Local Government Management PA101 12AD205 Politics and Local Governance PA101 12AD204 Human Resources Management PA101 12AD206 Public Personnel Administration PA101 12

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list B and from any level2 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related Faculties subject to the approvalof the Dean and the Departmental Board.

Level 3Core CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAD301 Public Sector Finance AD202 12AD302 Public Sector Development AD202 12AD303 Development Management AD202 12AD304 Change and Development AD202 12AD305 Project Planning AD202 12AD306 Project Management AD202 12

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list C and from any level3 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approvalof the Dean and the Departmental Board.

List B: Administration options which may be taken in Level 2 onlyCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAD221 Administrative Law 12AD222 Health Services Administration PA101 12AD223 Public Sector Management PA101 12POS201 Governance in Zimbabwe PA103 12POS224 Constitutional Rights PA106 12

288

List C: Administration options which may be taken in Level 3 onlyCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAD331 State Legal Liability AD221 12AD322 Industrial Relations AD204 12POS301 Politics and Governance in Africa POS201 12AD370 Dissertation 24

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (HPOS)Level 1 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPA103 Introduction to Political Science 24PA102 Introduction to Political Theory 24PA101 Introduction to Public Administration 24AD103 Introduction to Research Methods 24CSS0101 Academic Communication skills for Social Studies 12CSS0102 Professional Communication skills for Social Studies 12

Optional CoursesSubject to the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean, a student shall take Level 1courses chosen from list A OR courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or relatedFaculties worth at least 24 course units.

LIST APA106 Constitutional Law and Politics 24AD110 Public Sector Accounting 12AD111 Public Sector Auditing 12

Level 2 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPOS201 Governance in Zimbabwe PA103 12POS202 State, Politics & Society in Zimbabwe 12POS211 International Relations PA103 12POS206 Survey of Political Ideas PA102 12POS203 International Organisations PA10312POS204 African Political Ideas PA102 12

289

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list B and from anylevel 2 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related Faculties, subject to theapproval of the Dean and the Departmental Board.

Level 3Core CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPOS301 Politics and Governance in Africa POS201 12POS302 Politics in Developing Societies POS202 12POS303 Modern Political Theory POS204 12POS304 Contemporary Political Theory POS204 12POS305 International Peace and Security Studies POS203 24

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list C and from any 3courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in the related Faculties, subject to theapproval of the Dean and the Departmental Board.

List B: Political Science options which may be taken in Level 2 onlyCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPOS220 Democracy and Human Rights PA103 12POS221 Race, Ethnicity and Politics PA103 12POS222 Principles of International Law PA106 12AD205 Politics and Local Governance PA101 12POS224 Constitutional Rights POS106 12

List C: Political Science options which may be taken in Level 3 onlyCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAD322 Industrial Relations AD204 12POS331 Diplomacy POS111 12AD305 Project Planning AD202 12POS370 Dissertation 24

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN ECONOMICS (BSC ECONHONS)

The Departmental Board of Economics must approve combinations of courses selected.

Level 1 CoursesA student must take the equivalent of one hundred and forty four (144) course units, seventytwo (72) in each semester.

290

Core CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsECON 101 Introduction to Economic Principles 24ECON 102 .Introduction to Economic Statistics 24ECON 103 Mathematics for Economists 1 24CSSO101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies 12CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies 12

Optional CoursesA student must take the equivalent of forty eight (48) course units chosen from the list below

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAC108 Business Law 24BS101 Business Administration 1 12BS105 Business Administration 2 BS101 12EH102 Economic History of Africa to 1900 24GG1010 Fundamentals of Physical Geography 1 12GG1020 Fundamentals of Physical Geography 2 GG1010 12AD101 Introduction to Public Management 12PA103 Introduction to Political Science 12PSY100 Introduction to Psychology 24PSY 101 Social Psychology 24RUP101 Introduction to Planning 24SOC101 Introduction to Sociology 24SOC102 Introduction to Social Anthropology 24

Level 2 CoursesA student must take the equivalent of one hundred and twenty (120) course units, sixty (60) ineach semester. All level II courses offered by the Department of Economics other than Historyof Economic Thought, Political Economy and Social Economics require that a student hassuccessfully completed Introduction to Economic Principles.

Core CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsECON 206 Microeconomics 1 ECON 103 12ECON 205 Mathematics for Economists 2 ECON 103 12ECON 201 Applied Statistics ECON 102 12ECON 204 Macroeconomics ECON 103 12ECON 203 International Trade Theory and Policy 12ECON 202 Econometrics 1 ECON 102 12

Optional CoursesA student must take the equivalent of twenty four (24) course units in each semester, to bechosen from either List A or List C below.

291

List A: Options, which can be taken in the Second year.Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsECON 211 Agricultural Economic Development 12ECON 212 Agricultural Production 12EC0N 213 Environmental Economics 12ECON 214 History of Economic Thought 12ECON 215 Industrial Economics 12ECON 216 Political Economy 12ECON 217 Social Economics 12

Level 3 CoursesA student must take the equivalent of one hundred and twenty (120) course units, sixty (60) ineach semester.

Core CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsECON 303 Microeconomics 2 ECON 206/ 205 12ECON 301 Development Economics ECON 206 12ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy ECON 204/ 205 12

Optional CoursesA student must take the equivalent of thirty six (36) course units in the first semester and fortyeight (48) in the second semester, chosen from List B or C below. The equivalent of at leastthirty six course (36) units selected in Levels III must be chosen from List B.

List B: Optional Economics courses which can be taken only in Level 3.Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsECON 311 Agricultural Marketing 12ECON 312 Agricultural Economic Policy 12ECON 313 Econometrics 2 ECON 202 12ECON 314 International Economics ECON 203 12ECON 315 Labour Economics ECON 206 12ECON 316 Monetary Economics ECON 204/206 12ECON 317 Natural Resource Economics ECON 206/205 12ECON 318 Public Finance ECON 206 12ECON 370 Dissertation EON204/206 24

A candidate who performed well in Level 2 of the degree may, with the approval of theDepartmental Board, submit a dissertation based on supervised work on an approved topic.The dissertation must be submitted two weeks before the start of the examinations in thesecond semester.

292

List C: Optional non-Economics courses, which can be taken at either level 2 or level 3.Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsAC202 Management Accounting for Business 24BS204 Corporate Finance 1 12BS208 Management of Financial Institutions 12EH301 Economic History of Southern Africa 24EH201 Economic History of the Third World 24GG2030 Aspects of Economic Geography 24PL3010 Marxist Philosophy 24PS311 Organisational Psychology 24SOC001 Substantive Demography 24SOC002 Economy and Society 24

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY (HPS)Level 1 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPSY 100 Introduction to Psychology 24PSY 101 Social Psychology 24CSSO101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies 12CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies 12

Optional coursesSubject to the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean, a student shall take Level 1courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or related Faculties worth at least 72 courseunits.

Level 2 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPSY200 Research Methods in Psychology PSY100/101 24PSY201 Statistics and Computing Science PSY100/101 24PSY202 Psychobiology PSY100/101 12PSY203 Learning Principles PSY100/101 12PSY208 Sensation and Perception PSY100/101 12

Optional CoursesA student must take courses worth at least 36 course units chosen from the list below and fromany level 2 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject tothe approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean. At least 12 of the course units chosenmust be from the list below.

293

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPSY 204 Child Development PSY 100/101 12PSY 205 Comparative Psychology PSY 100/101 12PSY 207 Adolescence and Adulthood PSY 100/101 12

Level 3 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPSY302 Psychopathology PSY200/201 12PSY307 Cognition PSY200/201 12PSY308 Principles of Psychotherapy PSY200/201 12PSY301 Psychometrics PSY200/201 12PSY304 Personality PSY200/201 12PSY309 Organisational Psychology PSY200/201 12

Optional CoursesA student must take courses worth at least 48 course units chosen from the list below and fromany level 3 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject tothe approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean. At least 24 of the course units chosenmust be from the list below.

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsPSY 303 Applied Principles of learning PSY 200/201 12PSY 305 Systems and Theories PSY 200/201 12PSY 306 Psychology and Law PSY 200/201 12PSY 310 Forensic Psychology PSY 200/201 12PSY 311 Contemporary Issues in Psychology PSY 200/201 12PSY 312 Personnel Psychology PSY 200/201 12PSY 313 Consumer Psychology PSY 200/201 12PSY 370 Dissertation PSY 200/201 24

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK HONOURS DEGREE (HSW)Level 1 CoursesAll are core courses

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC101 Introduction to Sociology 24SOC102 Introduction to Social Anthropology 24PSY100 Introduction to Psychology 24PSY101 Social Psychology 24

294

HSW115 Introduction to Social Work 12HSW116 Introduction to Social Welfare Services 12CSSO101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies 12CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies 12

Level 2 CoursesAll are core courses

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsHSW205 Social Work with Individuals I 12HSW206 Social Work with Individuals II 12HSW207 Social Work with Groups I 12HSW208 Social Work with Groups II 12HSW209 Social Work with Communities I 12HSW210 Social Work with Communities II 12HSW201 Socio-Economic Development I 12HSW202 Socio-Economic Development II 12HSW203 Introduction to Social Research Methods 12HSW204 Basic Statistics and Social Research Methods 12HSW280 Fieldwork 1 12

Note: Fieldwork 1 entails 12 weeks of full-time practical work under professional supervision.

Level 3 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsHSW307 Integrated Social Work Methods 12HSW312 Social Policy and Administration 12HSW310 Individual and Social Pathology 12HSW311 Principles and Practice of Rehabilitation 12HSW314 Community Health 12HSW 380 Fieldwork II HSW280 60

Note: Fieldwork 2 entails 15 weeks of full-time practical work under professional supervision.Fieldwork 1 and 2 assessment will be on the basis of a combination of practical performance(40%), fieldwork report (40%) and seminar presentation (20%).

Level 4 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsHSW401 Management of Social Welfare Organisations I 12HSW406 Management of Social Welfare Organisations II 12HSW403 Child Welfare Policy and Practice I 12HSW409 Child Welfare Policy and Practice II 12

295

HSW404 Project Planning and Management I 12HSW410 Project Planning and Management II 12HSW411 Counseling I 12HSW412 Counseling II 12

Optional CoursesA student may take courses from the list below OR any other equivalent courses selected fromthe Faculty of Social Studies with the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean.

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsHSW407 Rural Development I 12HSW408 Rural Development II 12HSW470 Dissertation 24

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN RURAL AND URBAN PLANNINGDEGREE (HRUP)

Level 1 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 101 Introduction to Planning 12RUP 102 Quantitative Techniques 24RUP113 The City in History and Settlement Analysis 12RUP 109 Environmental Systems 12RUP 150 Design Studio I 24CSSO 101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies 12RUP 112 Environmental Planning 12CSSO 102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies 12ECON 101 Economic Principles 24

Level 2 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 201 Planning Theory RUP 101 24RUP 202 Planning Techniques and Methods RUP 102 12RUP 208 Introduction to Water and Supply 12RUP 205 Environmental Design I 24RUP 250 Design Studio II RUP150 24RUP 209 Geographic Information Systems and Planning 12RUP 210 Introduction to Road and Building Infrastructure 12RUP 211 Rural Planning, Society and Ecology 12RUP 212 Rural Planning, The Economy and The State 12

296

Level 3 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 301 Principles and Practice of Planning Law 24RUP 302 Environmental Design II RUP 205 24RUP 314 Regional Economic Theory Valuation and Property 12RUP 311 Development 24RUP 350 Design Studio III RUP 250 24RUP 317 Regional Planning Techniques and Methods 12

Optional CoursesStudents shall select one optional course at Level III from the following options:

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 305 Transport Planning I 24RUP 306 Rural Planning I 24RUP 307 Building Economics I 24RUP313 Project Planning and Management 24

Level 4 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 411 Planning Thought and Practice 12RUP 410 Urban Development And Management 12RUP 404 Regional Planning 24RUP 450 Design Studio IV RUP 350 24RUP 470 Dissertation/Design Project 24RUP 401 Professional Planning Practice 12RUP 416 Urban Policy and Planning 12

Optional CoursesStudents shall take one of the following options depending on what they chose in Level III:

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsRUP 407 Transport Planning II RUP 305 24RUP 408 Project Planning and Management II RUP 313 24RUP 406 Building Economics II RUP 307 24RUP 402 Rural Planning II RUP 306 24

297

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY (HSO)Level 1 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC101 Introduction to Sociology 24SOC102 Introduction to Social Anthropology 24CSSO101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies 12CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies 12

Optional CoursesCourses equal to seventy-two (72) course units chosen from any Level I courses offered in theFaculty of Social Studies, or in related Faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and theDepartmental Board.

Level 2 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC201 Qualitative Research Methods SOC101/102 12SOC202 Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods SOC101/102 12SOC207 History of Sociological and Anthropological Thought SOC101/102 12SOC204 Sociology of Organizations SOC101 12SOC205 Sociology of Development SOC101/102 12SOC217 Gender Studies SOC101/102 12

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list A and from anyLevel 2 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to theapproval of the Dean and the Departmental Board. At least twenty four (24) of the course unitschosen must be from courses taught in the Department of Sociology in list A.List A: Departmental options which may be taken in level 2

Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC208 Political Sociology SOC101/102 12SOC209 Crime and Deviance SOC101/102 12SOC210 Race and Ethnic Relations SOC101/102 12SOC211 Economy, Society & Governance SOC102 12SOC212 Sociology of Medicine SOC101/102 12SOC213 Sociology of Education SOC101 12SOC214 Sociology and Anthropology of Tourism SOC101/102 12SOC215 Sociology of Mass Communications SOC101 12SOC216 Sociology of the Family SOC101/102 12SO001 Substantive Demography SOC101 24

298

Level 3 CoursesCore CoursesCourse CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC301 Social Theory SOC204 24ONE of SOC303 / Special Issues Paper 12304 or 305

Optional CoursesCourses equivalent to eighty-four (84) course units to be chosen from list B and from anyLevel 3 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to theapproval of the Dean and the Departmental Board. At least sixty (60) of the course unitschosen must be from courses taught in the Department of Sociology in list B.

List B: Departmental options which may be taken in Level 3Course CourseCode Course description Prerequisite UnitsSOC302 Advanced Statistical Methods SOC201/202 12SOC303 Special Issues in Organisations SOC204 12SOC304 Special Issues in Development SOC205 12SOC305 Special Issues in Stratification SOC206 12SOC306 Rural Development SOC205 12SOC370 Dissertation 24SOC308 Sociology of Work and Industrial Organization SOC204 12SOC309 Labour Studies SOC204 12SOC310 Sociology of Occupations and Professions SOC204 12SOC311 Ritual, Religion and Symbolism SOC102 12SOC312 Social Policy and Social Administration SOC205 12SOC313 Alternative Health Care SOC204/205 12SOC314 Sociology of the Environment SOC205 12SOC315 Special Area Study SOC101/102 12SOC316 Urban Sociology SOC205 12SO012 Demographic Techniques SO001 24

12. SYLLABUSESIn accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations detailed syllabuses forSubjects/Courses do not form part of the General and Faculty Regulations but shall besubmitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall bemaintained in the Faculty Office for reference.

299

FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES

REGULATIONS FOR DIPLOMA IN VETERINARY NURSINGBACHELOR OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREEBACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREES

REGULATIONS FOR DIPLOMA IN VETERINARY NURSING

These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the Diploma in VeterinaryNursing in the Department of Clinical Veterinary Studies. They should be read in conjunctionwith the General Academic Regulations for the Certificates and Diplomas of the Universityof Zimbabwe (GAR).

1. ENTRY REGULATIONS1.1 Applicants must have passed a minimum of 5 ‘O’ level subjects including English

Language and Biology.1.2 Every candidate must be attached to a Registered Veterinary Practice for the duration

of the study and obtain a recommendation from their attachment practice.

2. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME.2.1 The programme is offered on a part-time basis for a period of three years.

3. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME3.1 The programme will be divided into three parts of 1 part-time academic year each.3.2 Each part will be taught in 3 courses, which shall be compulsory. Candidates with

relevant qualifications such as Diploma in Animal Health and Production or Certificatein Animal Health may be exempted from taking certain courses.

3.3 Each course will have a theoretical and a practical component.3.4 The parts of the programme shall be made up as follows:

3.4.1 Part I (First Year)3.4.1.1 Course I (Anatomy and Physiology): Will cover basic anatomy and

physiology of all domesticated animals. Total contact hours = 85 hours(theory) and at least 75 hours (practical).

3.4.1.2 Course II (Animal Husbandry): Will cover aspects of animal handlingand restraint, hygiene, housing and feeding. Total contact hours = 35hours (theory) and at least 75 hours (practical).

3.4.1.3 Course III (First Aid): Will cover basic first aid techniques foranimals. Total Contact hours = 35 hours (theory) and at least 50 hours(practical).

300

3.4.2 Part II (Second Year)3.4.2.1 Course IV (Basic Hospital Practice and Management): Will cover

stock control, record keeping, reception skills, creating and monitoringbusiness relationships. Total contact hours = 35 hours (theory) and atleast 50 hours (practical).

3.4.2.2 Course V (General Nursing): Will cover care of patient, occupationalhazards, management of housing facilities for animals, basicpharmacology and fluid therapy. Total contact hours = 35 hours(theory) and at least 50 hours (practical).

3.4.2.3 Course VI (Diagnostic Aids): Will cover clinical pathology, radiologyand ultrasonography. Total Contact hours = 45 hours (theory) and atleast 50 hours (practical).

3.4.3 Part III (Third Year)3.4.3.1 Course VII (Obstetric and Paediatric Nursing): Will cover special

care of the obstetric and paediatric patient. Total contact hours = 25hours (theory) and at least 50 hours (practical).

3.4.3.2 Course VIII (Medical Nursing): Will cover medical disorders andtheir nursing. Total contact hours = 45 hours (theory) and at least 75hours (practical).

3.4.3.3 Course IX (Surgical Nursing): Will cover anesthesia, theatre practice,care of the surgical patient, care of the anaesthetized patient andmaintenance of surgical and anaesthetic equipment. Total Contacthours = 45 hours (theory) and at least 75 hours (practical).

4. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES4.1 All courses shall be examined by continuous assessment and formal examination.4.2 Practical work (a Practical Book will be issued at time of enrolment) will consist of

work at the candidate’s Veterinary Practice as well as work at the University ofZimbabwe Veterinary Teaching Hospital and will contribute to the continuousassessment. Formal examinations will be held upon the completion of teaching of eachcourse.

4.3 The formal examination shall consist of theory paper, practical examination and oralexamination for each course.4.3.1 Theory examinations: All courses shall have a theory examination of 3 hours

duration.4.3.2 Practical Examination: There shall be a Practical Examination of 2 hours

duration, whose format is to be designed by the examining board.4.3.3 Oral Examination: There shall be an oral examination of approximately 15

minutes duration for each course.4.4 Distribution of marks

In all courses of the programme, examination marks shall be distributed as follows:-Theory Papers 35Practical Papers 30Oral Examinations 10Continuous Assessment 25TOTAL 100

301

5. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN A PROGRAMME5.1 Candidates must have passed all exams of each academic year before they can be

allowed to proceed to the next academic year.5.2 Candidates must pass all exams (Part I — Part III) to attain the award of Diploma in

Veterinary Nursing.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONSThese will be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations

BACHELOR OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE (BVSC)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 These Regulations apply only to students who are registered for the Bachelor of

Veterinary Science Degree at the University of Zimbabwe and should be read inconjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees,hereinafter referred to as The General Regulations.

1.2 The Bachelor of Veterinary Science Degree will be awarded to candidates who havesuccessfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with theregulations set out below.

1.3 The Bachelor of Veterinary Science degree programme will be of at least 5 yearsduration on a full-time study basis.

1.4 In addition to the required courses for specific degree programmes, all Part I studentswill be required to register for and to attend the Communication Skills Course in the1st Semester. The Communication Skills Course for Veterinary Science (CSVE101)examination is compulsory.

2. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS2.1 To qualify for entry a prospective student must satisfy the Entry Requirements for

undergraduate degrees as prescribed in the General Regulations.2.2 For normal entry, a student must satisfy the general requirements of Scheme B

normally with passes in Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics and Physics. Chemistry andBiology are compulsory plus one of the other subjects must have been passed atAdvanced Level.

2.3 For special entry a student must satisfy one of the criteria which is prescribed in theGeneral Regulations and is approved by the Faculty Board.

3. DATE OF EXAMINATIONSFormal examinations will take place in each part of the programme. Part I, which comprisesthree terms, will have formal (first professional) examination in mid-year 2. Part II, whichcomprises three terms, will have formal (second professional) examination at end of year 3.Part III will have formal (third professional) examination at the end of year 4. Part IV willhave formal (final professional) examination at end of year 5.Examination will take place at end of the term in which each of the following courses ispresented:

302

Behaviour and Handling of Animals (year 1, term 2); Veterinary Jurisprudence andRegulatory Control of Veterinary Medicinal Products (each component of combined coursewill be examined separately (year 5, term 1); Applied Business Management (year5, term 1).Communication Skills for Veterinary Science, which is presented in Part I of the BVScdegree programme will be examined by continuous assessment and a formal examination (2hours) to proceed the first professional examination (year 2, term 1).

4. ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONSTo be admitted to any of the examinations for the above degree a candidate must:-4.1 be registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General

Regulations;4.2 have completed approved courses at the University to the satisfaction of the Chairman

(men) of Department(s) concerned;4.3 Additionally, to be admitted to the examination in the fifth year of the programme a

candidate must:-4.3.1 during the Parts III, IV and V of the programme have completed to the

satisfaction of the Dean of the Faculty a minimum of 13 weeks of certifiedextra-mural/vocational work attached to an approved veterinary surgeon orinstitution;

4.3.2 have submitted records of diseases/clinical cases seen during the aforesaidperiods and produce casebooks attested to by the extra-mural teacher(s)/supervisor. If also required, these documents will be presented to the Board ofExaminers.

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION5.1 The programme is divided into four parts. The courses within each part are defined in

Section 9 of these Regulations. The components of examination for each course aredefined in Section 5.4 of these regulations.

5.2 Candidates must pass every course in a Part before proceeding to the subsequent part.5.3 Where formal examination includes written papers and/or an oral examination, a

candidate shall be deemed to have passed a course when he/she has scored not less than40% in the written and practical components.

5.3.1 where deemed necessary by the examiners, a candidate will present case recordsdrafted during his/her extra-mural training described in section 4.3 above.

5.4 Examination Papers/Components5.4.1 Part I

Course Components of Computer DurationExamination Code

Veterinary Anatomy Theory I ATV101 3 hrsAnatomy Anatomy Theory II ATV102 3 hrs(AT1V) Practical ATV180 2 hrs

ContinuousAssessment ATV150 CViva ATV190 1/4hr

303

Course Components of Computer DurationExamination Code

Veterinary Physiology Theory I PYV101 3 hrsPhysiology Physiology Theory II PYV102 3 hrs(PY1V) Practical PYV180 1 hr

Continuous Assessment PYV150 CViva PYV190 1/4 hr

Veterinary Biochemistry Theory I BCV101 3 hrsBiochemistry Biochemistry Theory II BCV102 2 hrs(BC1V) Practical BCV180 2 hrs

Continuous Assessment BCV150 CViva BCV190 1/4 hrCommunication Skills CSVE101 1 hrAnimal Nutrition Theory NTV101 3 hrsContinuous Assessment NTV150 CViva NTV190 1/4 hr

5.4.2 Part IIApplied Genetics Theory TBAGB2V01 3 hrsand Biostatistics Project TBAGB2V60 —(GB2V) Continuous 3 hrs

Assessment TBAGB2V50 —Viva TBAGB2V90 1/4 hr

Animal Production Theory TBAGB2V01 3 hrsand Management Project TBAGB2V60 —(AM2V) Continuous

Assessment TBAGB2V50 —Viva TBAGB2V90 1/4 hr

Veterinary Parasitology Theory VP201 3 hrsParasitology Continuous Assessment VP250 C(VP2) Practical VP280 2 hrs

Viva/Oral VP290 1/4 hr

Veterinary Pathology Theory I PG2V01 3 hrsPathology Pathology Theory II PG2V02 3 hrs(PG2V) Practical PG2V80 2 hrs

Continuous Assessment PG2V50 CViva Viva/Oral PG2V90 1/4 hr

Veterinary Pharmacol/Toxicology Theory CP2V01 3 hrsPharmacology Pharmacology/ Practical CP2V80 1 hrToxicology Continuous Assessment CP2V50 C(CP2V) Viva CP2V90 1/4 hr

5.4.3. Part IIIClinical Theory CM3V01 3 hrsVeterinary Medicine, Surgery Practical CM3V80 1 hrAnaesthesia Continuous Assessment CM3V50

304

Course Components of Computer DurationExamination Code

Radiology Viva CM3V90(CM3V) Small Animal Theory SM3V01 3 hrsMedicine Practical SM3V80 1 hrSurgery Continuous Assessment SM3V50(SM3V) Viva SM3V90Equine Medicine Theory EM3V01 3 hrsSurgery Practical EM3V80 1 hr(EM3V) Continuous Assessment EM3V50Viva EM3V90Ruminant Medicine Theory RM3V01 3 hrsSurgery Practical RM3V80 1 hr(RM3V) Continuous Assessment RM3V50Viva RM3V90Porcine/Poultry Theory PP3V01 3 hrsMedicine Practical PP3V80 1 hr(PP3V) Continuous Assessment PP3V50Viva PP3V90Epidemiology Theory EH3V01 3 hrsHerd Health/ Practical EH3V80 1 hrWildlife Exotic Continuous Assessment EH3V50Medicine Viva EH3V90(EH3V) Public Health/Theory PH3V01 3 hrsClinical Pathology Practical PH3V80 1 hr(PH3V) Continuous Assessment PH3V50Viva PH3V90Theriogenology Theory TG3V01 3 hrs(TG3V) Practical TG3V80 1 hr

Continuous Assessment TG3V50Viva TG3V90

5.4.4 Part IVClinical Veterinary Small Animal Medicine CVS4V01Studies Continuous Assessment CVS4V50(CVS4V) Oral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hr

Large Animal medicine CVS4V02Continuous Assessment CVS4V50Oral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hrSurgery/Anaesthesia/Radiology CVS4V04Continuous Assessment CVS4V50Oral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hrHerd Health/Theriogenology CVS4V05Continuous Assessment CVS4V50 COral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hrLaboratory Diagnostics/Pathology CVS4V06Continuous Assessment CVS4V50 C

305

Oral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hrPublic Health CVS4V07Continuous Assessment CVS4V50 COral/Practical CVS4V80 1 hrResearch Project CVS4V70

5.4.5 Part V (Diagnostic and State Veterinary Medicine) (VTL5)Clinical Veterinary Small Animal MedicineStudies Continuous Assessment CVS5V07

Oral/Practical CVS5V87 1hrLarge Animal Medicine

Continuous Assessment CVS5V09Oral/Practical CVS5V88 1 hr

Herd Health and ReproductionContinuous Assessment CVS5V11Oral/Practical CVS5V89 1 hr

Surgery, Anaesthesia and RadiologyContinuous Assessment CVS5V13Oral/Practical CVS5V91 1 hr

Pathology and Public HealthContinuous Assessment CVS5V15Oral/Practical CVS5V92 1 hrResearch Project CVS5V60Continuous Assessment CVS5V93

5.5 Repeat StudentsA candidate who has failed a Part and is allowed to repeat it shall normally not beexempted from re-attendanceor re-examination in any course in that Part unless he/she has gained a grade of 2.1 inthe course or courses concerned.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONSSubject to the provisions concerning supplementary examinations in the General Regulations.6.1 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark in aggregate in any course may be permitted

a supplementary examination in all components of the formal examination.6.2 A student who has failed to satisfy the examiners in the written and/or practical

com-ponent(s) of a formal examination but who has obtained a pass mark in aggregateof the course shall be required to sit all components of the course. The examination shallbe marked as Pass or fail; the mark awarded for the component shall be 50% and theofficial transcript shall record that the course was passed or failed as a supplementaryexamination.

7. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTSThe results of each examination shall be published in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Regulations.

8. AWARD OF DIPLOMAA diploma for the Bachelor of Veterinary Science Degree (BVSc) under the Seal of theUniversity of Zimbabwe will be delivered to all candidates who have successfully completedthe requirements for the award of the degree.

306

9 CURRICULUM AND FORMAL CONTACT HOURSYEAR ITerm I (14 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 30Course Lectures + Tutorials Practicals

(1 hour) (3 hours)Veterinary Anatomy (Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embryology) 103 47Veterinary Physiology 60 7Veterinary Biochemistry 58 8Communication Skills for Veterinary Science 18 CTOTAL 239 62Hours per week 17 12-15Term II (14 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 30Veterinary Anatomy(Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embryology) 73 23Veterinary Physiology 110 11Veterinary Biochemistry 66 9Behaviour and handling of animals 18 14Communication Skills for Veterinary Science 16 CTOTAL 283 57Hours per week 18 12Examination: Bahaviour and Handling of Animal (Practical cum Oral).

Course Continuous Theory Practical OralAssessment Papers

Veterinary Biochemistry 30 (2) 40 20 10

YEAR IITerm 3 (11 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 29Course Lectures + Tutorials Practicals

(1 hour) (3 hours)Veterinary Anatomy(Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embryology) 39 15Veterinary Biochemistry 40 9Veterinary Physiology 44 5Animal Nutrition 50 18Communication Skills for Veterinary Science 14 CTOTAL 187 44Hours per week 17 12Examination: Communication Skills for Veterinary Science (Continuous Assessment

and 2 hour paper).First Professional Examination:

Course Continuous Theory Practical OralAssessment Papers

Veterinary Anatomy 30 (2) 40 20 10Veterinary Physiology 30 (2) 50 10 10Animal Nutrition 20 (1) 50 15 15

307

Term 4 (14 teaching weeks) Contact hours per week: 32Course Lectures + Tutorials Practicals

(1 hour) (3 hours)Applied Genetics and Biostatistics 112 14Veterinary Microbiology/Immunology and Parasitology (Basic features of micro-organisms and parasites; Principles of Immunology) 70 14Veterinary Pathology 70 14Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology 28 8TOTAL 280 56Hours per week 20 12

YEAR IIITerm 5 (14 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 32Veterinary Microbiology, Virology and Immunology 84 16Veterinary Parasitology 56 14Veterinary Pathology 56 14Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology 42 4Animal Production and Management 42 8TOTAL 280 56Hours per week 20 12

YEAR IVTerm 6 (14 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 32Veterinary Microbiology, Virology and Immunology 38 10Veterinary Parasitology 33 9Veterinary Pathology 34 11Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology 30 3Animal Production and Management 40 6Epidemiology/Herd Health and Production Management and Diseases of Wildlife 25 CIntroduction to Clinical Veterinary Medicine 20 5TOTAL 220 44Hours per week 20 12Second Professional Examination:

Course Continuous Theory Practical OralAssessment Papers

Veterinary Microbiology,Virology and Immonology 20 (2) 50 20 10Veterinary Parasitology 20 (1) 40 20 20Veterinary Pathology 20 (2) 50 20 10Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology 30 (1) 50 10 10Animal Production and Management 20 (2) 50 15 15Continuous Assessment of Clinical Veterinary Studies Courses:i) Epidemilogy/Herd Health and Production Management and Diseases of Wildlife.ii) Introduction of Clinical Veterinary Medicine is a component of General Surgery,

Anaesthesia and Radiology.

308

YEAR IVTerm 7 (16 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 34Course Lectures + Tutorials Practicals

(1 hour) (3 hours)General Surgery, Anaesthesia and RAdiology 62 15Small Animal Medicine and Surgery 64 8Equine Medicine and Surgery 18 3Ruminant Medicine and Surgery 64 6Porcine and Poultry Medicine 30 3Epidemiology/Herd Health and Production Management and Diseases of Wildlife 28 4Public Health and Clinical Pathology 40 10Theriogenology 46 15TOTAL 352 64Hours per week 22 12

YEAR VTerm 8 (15 teaching weeks)Contact hours per week: 34Small Animal Medicine and Surgery 56 12Equine Medicine and Surgery 28 7Ruminant Medicine and Surgery 65 15Porcine and Poultry Medicine 30 3Epidemiology/Herd Health and Production Management and Diseases of Wildlife 70 7Public health and Clinical Pathology 42 3Theriogenology 39 13TOTAL 330 60Hours per week 22 12Second Professional Examination:

Course Continuous Theory Practical OralAssessment Papers

Introduction to Clinical Veterinary MedicineGeneral Surgery, Anaesthesia and Radiology 30 40 20 10Small Animal Medicine and Surgery 30 40 15 15Equine Medicine and Surgery 30 40 20 10Ruminant Medicine and Surgery 30 40 20 10Porcine and Poultry Medicine 30 40 20 10Epidemiology/Herd Health and ProductionManagement and Diseases of Wildlife/ExoticAnimal Medicine 30 40 20 10Public Health and Clinical Pathology 30 40 15 15Theriogenology 30 60 B 10

10. EXTRA-MURAL PRACTICAL WORKAll students will require to undertake a certified total of three months of extra-mural practicalwork after the end of the second year. This practical work will be undertaken in privatepractices, state veterinary services, laboratories, abattoirs, dairies for periods which will beacceptable to the Dean.

309

11. SYLLABUSESIn accordance with the provisions of the Genera Regulations detailed syllabuses for subjects/courses will not form part of the General or the Faculty Regulations but shall be prepared bythe relevant Departmental Boards and submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copiesof the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office and shall be available,through the Faculty Office, for reference.

12. AWARD OF HONOURS AND DISTINCTIONSA candidate registered in any Part of the BVSc degree programme may be awarded Honoursor Distinction in any one course or subject provided that:-12.1 The candidate=s examination performance in a course or subject is assessed on the

following marking system:-Marking System75% = Distinction65 – 74% = Honours50 – 64% = Pass0 – 49% = Fail

12.2 The candidate obtains a pass in every course or subject examined for each Part at thefirst attempt.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE (BSC HONS)

1. INTRODUCTIONThese Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulationsfor undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations which shallhave precedence over the Faculty Regulations. The BSc Honours degree will be awardedto a candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and examinations setout below. The degree is available in each of the following subjects: Veterinary Anatomy,Veterinary Biochemistry and Veterinary Physiology and will normally be available toapproved students on the BVSc Degree programme. The degree will be intercalated withinthe BVSc programme.

2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS2.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion of BVSc

Part I in the case of Veterinary Biochemistry and BVSc Part II in the case of VeterinaryAnatomy and Veterinary Physiology.

2.2 To be eligible to apply for admission to the intercalated Bsc Honours programme anapplicant must normally have obtained a 2.2 grade or better in the subject in which he/she wishes to specialise.

2.3 The aggregate referred to in regulation 2.2 must have been achieved at first sitting.

3. APPLICATION PROCEDURES3.1 Application for registration must be made through the Chairman of the Department of

Preclinical Veterinary Studies and the Dean of Veterinary Science to the DeputyRegistrar (Academic).

3.2 Registration will normally take place in March.

310

4. PROGRAMMEThe programme will extend over not less than one academic year on a full-time basis at the

University of Zimbabwe. It will comprise coursework, practical work, written and oralexaminations, seminars and a research project as prescribed in the detailed regulationsbelow.

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION5.1 Each candidate shall take six three-hour written papers and a half-hour oral examination,

normally in November.5.2 Practical work, coursework and seminars will be assessed continuously through the

year and will together constitute 33.3% of the overall mark.5.3 Each candidate will be required to complete a dissertation which may be examined

orally.5.4 A candidate must satisfy the examiners in the examination as a whole.5.5 Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of

the General Regulations and will normally be held in February.

6. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTSEach candidate will be notified of the results of the examination by the Deputy Registrar(Academic).

7. AWARD OF DEGREEA Diploma under the seal of the University will be delivered to each candidate who hassuccessfully completed the approved courses and examinations in accordance with the aboveregulations. The degree will be classified in accordance with the General Regulations.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY BIOCHEMISTRY

1. SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE INVETERINARY BIOCHEMISTRYThe Honours programme in Veterinary Biochemistry will be based on the intensive post-PartI and II courses.Honours training will provide the student with better preparation for postgraduate study. Themain features of the BSc Honours Degree programme in Veterinary Biochemistry are:(a) The Honours programme provides for teaching of Biochemistry in greater depth than

in a general programme.(b) The course on readings in Biochemistry gives the student training in critically reading

the original literature in Biochemistry.(c) The Honours Research Project gives the student some training in pursuing a research

project and writing up the results in a thesis.

2. STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARYBIOCHEMISTRY2.1 Admission to BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Biochemistry

311

To be eligible for admission to the BSc Honours Degree Programme in VeterinaryBiochemistry, a candidate must have achieved a grade of 2.2 or better in VeterinaryBiochemistry I and passed in all other BVSc Part I subjects at the first sitting.

2.2 Courses for Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary BiochemistryProtein Structure and Function HBC3V01Nucleic Acid Biochemistry HBC3V02Clinical Chemistry HBC3V03Metabolic Regulation HBC3V04Carcinogenesis Toxicology and Drug Metabolism HBC3V05Biochemistry of Parasites HBC3V06Advanced Techniques in Biochemistry HBC3V50Readings in Biochemistry HBC3V51Honours Research Project HBC3V60Viva/Oral HBC3V90

2.3 Examinations(a) Courses HBC3V01, HBC3V02, HBC3V03, HBC3V04, HBC3V05 and

HBC3V06 by a three-hour written paper for each course.(b) Courses HBC3V50, HBC3V51 and HBC3V60 by continuous assessment.(c) Oral Examination (HBC3V90).

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR THE INTERCALATED BSCHONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY BIOCHEMISTRY

Course I: Protein Structure and Function HBC3V01Advanced treatment of protein structure in relation to regulatory modification andhormonal interactions. Enzyme kinetics, membrane and muscle proteins, visualpigments and immunochemistry.

Course 2: Nucleic Acid and Biochemistry HBC3V02Advanced treatment of structure and function of nucleic acids and chromosomes.DNA damage and repair. Virology recombinant DNA technology, and druganalogues.

Course 3: Clinical Biochemistry HBC3V03A combination of lectures, practicals and demonstrations. The courses wouldinclude sampling and handling of specimens, reporting of results, quality control.Tests for Liver, intestinal, gastric, pancreatic, renal, endocrine and thyroid function.Practicals will be conducted in the chemistry Laboratory in the Clinical Departmentand will include measurement of vitamins, enzymes, sugars, amino acids andproteins, lipids, blood gases and electolytes.

Course 4: Metabolic Regulation HBC3V04A study of regulation of various metabolic pathways. Control mechanisms likehormones, promoters, repressors are highlighted.

Course 5: Carcinogenesis, Toxicology and Drug Metabolism HBC3V05A study of chemistry of a wide variety of xenobiotics and genotoxic substances,their chemical synthesis, their metabolism and mode of action; cell detoxificationmechanisms. Environmental toxicology.

312

Course 6: Biochemistry of Parasites HBC3V06A study of biochemical mechanisms involved in parasitism. Strategies for drugdesign, host-parasite interaction, and impact on animal health care systems.Continuous Assessment Advanced Techniques in Biochemistry HBC3V50Laboratory purification and characterisation of selected biomolecules. Techniquesto include ultracentrifugation, enzyme assays, use of radioisotopes, all models ofchromatography and electrophoresis.

Readings in Biochemistry HBC3V51Library research on assigned topic. Periodic briefing sessions. Critical reading oforiginal literature and data interpretation from the basis for writing two papers (1200 words each). First paper due end of June and second paper due end of October.

Honours Research Project HBC3V60Two term laboratory research culminating in the presentation of a seminar and a 20page type written thesis (6 000– 8 000 words) during the third term.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY

1. SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE INVETERINARY PHYSIOLOGYThe honours programme will provide the candidate with a more comprehensive understandingof Veterinary Physiology following Part II of the BVSc programme. The candidate will havethe opportunity to study Physiology in more breadth and depth than in the BVSc programme,to gain experience in the critical reading of original literature, to present a seminar, and toconceive, carry out, and report on an original research project.

2. STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARYPHYSIOLOGY2.1 Admission to the BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Physiology

2.1.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion ofBVSc Part I.

2.1.2 To be eligible to apply, an applicant must normally have achieved an aggregateGrade of 2.2 or better in Veterinary Physiology (Parts I and II) at first sittingand satisfactory passes in all part II subjects at first sitting.

2.2 Courses for the Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary PhysiologyAdvanced Systematic Veterinary Physiology PY3V01Advanced Cell Physiology PY3V02Advanced Comparative Gastrointestinal Physiology PY3V03Advanced Reproductive Physiology PY3V04Clinical Pathophysiology PY3V05Advanced techniques in Physiology Research PY3V06Coursework Assessment PY3V50Readings in Veterinary Physiology PY3V52Honours Research Project PY3V60

2.3 Examinations

313

2.3.1 Courses PY3V01, PY3V02, PY3V03, PY3V04, PY3V05 and PY3V06 willeach have a three hour written examination paper in November

2.3.2 Courses PY3V52 and PY3V50 will be examined by Continuous Assessment.Together they will constitute 33% of the overall mark.

2.3.3 The Research project (PY3V60) will be examined in November. Theexamination will include the report, a seminar and may also be judged by oralexamination.

2.3.4 Each candidate will have a half-hour oral examination, normally in Novembercovering relevant aspects of Physiology (PY3V90)

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE INVETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY

Course 1: Advanced Systematic Physiology PY3V01Advanced principles of Physiology of the following systems: nervous,cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive, respiratory and renal.

Course 2: Advanced Cellular Physiology PY3V02Advanced concepts of the structure and function of the cell membrane andcytoplasmic organelles. The genetic control of protein synthesis, cell function, andcell reproduction will also be included.

Course 3: Advanced Comparative Gastrointestinal Physiology PY3V03A detailed study on the consequence of an adopted feed preference and sequenceof digestion and fermentation of grazing and browsing herbivores (domestic andgame) for the functioning of the GIT and the acquirement of energy and essentialnutrients.

Course 4: Advanced Comparative Reproductive Physiology PY3V04Advanced principles of male and female reproductive physiology with an emphasison the domesti ruminant.

Course 5: Clinical Pathophysiology PY3V05Selected topics in clinical veterinary pathophysiology with the help of academicstaff in the Departments of Clinical and Paraclinical Veterinary Studies.

Course 6: Advanced Techniques in Physiology Research PY3V06Research techniques in physiology will be studied with an emphasis on techniquescurrently in use in the Department of Preclinical Veterinary Studies.Readings inVeterinary Physiology PY3V52Critical Reading The Candidate must read and discuss critically with a member ofthe academic staff at least five original research papers on two physiologicalsubjects. The candidate must present seminars on each of the two subjects.Honours Research Project PY3V60The candidate must conceive, carry out and report an original research project withthe guidance of a member of the Department's academic staff. This will consist ofa two term laboratory research project culminating in the presentation of a seminarand a 20 page type written thesis (6 000-8 000 words) during the third term.Coursework Assessment PY3V50This will include term tests, practicals and assignments.

314

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY

1. SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE INVETERINARY ANATOMYThe honours programme is to be based on an intensive training in veterinary anatomy afterBVSc Part II. This provides an opportunity to the candidate for critical search and survey ofthe published literature in selected areas of the discipline. Also the student is exposed tolimited independent research and incorporating the results thereof into a thesis.

2. STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY2.1 Admission to the BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Anatomy

2.1.1 To be eligible for admission to this programme, an applicant should normallyhave achieved a 2.2 grade (60-69%) or better aggregate in the VeterinaryAnatomy I at the first sitting and satisfactory passes in all other Part II subjects.

2.1.2 Courses for the Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary AnatomyCourse 1 Advanced systematic bovine anatomy

(10 lect : 10 lab) AT3V01Course 2 Advanced comparative anatomy (10 lect : 10 lab) AT3V02Course 3 Avian anatomy (20 lect:10 lab) AT3V03Course 4 Neurosciences (20 lect) AT3V04Course 5 Advanced systmetic histology (20 lect : 10 lab) AT3V05Course 6 Advanced developmental anatomy (20 lect) AT3V06Course 7 Readings in veterinary anatomy AT3V52Course 8 Honours research project AT3V60Course 9 Coursework assessment AT3V50Note: Each laboratory session is of 3 hours duration.

2.2 Examinations2.3.1 AT3V01, AT3V02, AT3V03, AT3V04, AT3V05, AT3V06, will have a 3-hour

examination paper for each course.2.3.2 The courses AT3V500 and AT3V52 will be examined by continuous assessment.

Together they will contribute 33% of the overall mark.2.3.3 The research project (AT3V60) will be examined in November. The examination

will include the report, a seminar and may also be judged by oral examination.2.3.4 Each candidate will have an oral examination of _ hour duration.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE INVETERINARY ANATOMY

Paper 1 Advanced systematic Bovine Anatomy (1:1) AT3V01Detailed study of a selected bovine organ system by dissection and demonstration.

Paper 2 Advanced Comparative Anatomy (1:) AT3V02Detailed study of selected organ systems human, porcine, reptilian, piscine or otherselected (relevant species) by dissection and demonstration.

315

Paper 3 Avian Anatomy (2:1) AT3V03Detailed study of anatomy of the domestic fowl; preparation of specimens ofanatomical interest.

Paper 4 Neurosciences (2 lect:) AT3V04The neuroanatomy and nuerophysiology of selected aspect of the nervous system ofdomestic animals.

Paper 5 Advanced Systematic Histology (2:1) AT3V05A detailed study of the microscopic anatomy of selected organ system of domesticanimal species of veterinary significance. Emphasis will be laid on correlating thestructural basis for physiological functioning.

Paper 6 Advanced Developmental Anatomy (2:1) AT3V06A comprehensive study of developmental aspects including teratogenesis of selectedorgan systems of domestic animal species of veterinary siginificance; Preparation ofspecimens of embryological interest.

Readings in Veterinary Anatomy (by arrangement) AT3V52A critical survey of published literature on an assigned topic; Presentation of paperbased on proper appraisal of the material available and candidate=s interpretations.

Honours Research Project (by arrangement) AT3V60A two-term laboratory research leading to the presentation of a seminar and 20-pagetypewritten thesis during the term. This will be examined in term III.

Coursework Assessment AT3V50This will include term tests, practicals and assignments.

316

INSTITUTE OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATEDIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (DIP IR)

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for Certificates and Diplomas, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.1.2 The programme is designed to equip participants with the necessary analytical,

technical and practical knowledge and skills to enhance their conduct of industrialrelations. The extensive range of skills will equip them to handle issues relating tocollective bargaining, interpretation of labour legislation, dispute settlement, humanresource management and tripartite relations.

1.3 The Programme is built upon the following objectives:a) to provide skilled manpower in Industrial Relations (IR) to the private sector,

unions, government and non-governmental organisations (NGOs) to enable themto face the challenge of social and economic development in Zimbabwe;

b) equip students with the knowledge and expertise to perform services to theirconstituents in the various areas of IR and productivity improvement, and toprovide students with adequate knowledge about the workings of the Zimbabweaneconomy, and their individual and collective roles in national development;

c) to provide formal and specialized training in IR so as to create a corps of IR expertswho will serve as trainers for management, government and workers’ organisationsin the respective places of work;

d) to upgrade the level of knowledge and sharpen practical skills of the participantsthus raising their capacity to resolve IR disputes peacefully as well as recognise themutuality of their contributions to the development of the workers, the enterpriseand the nation.

2. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND DURATION2.1 The programme shall extend for not less than 24 months of part-time study. Students

will, be required to take five courses of which four will be compulsory. A dissertationbased on a 6 month attachment will be embarked upon after the participant hassuccessfully completed the coursework. The dissertation must be submitted by March30th of the second year of study.

2.2 Registration is normally in August.

3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS3.1 To be eligible for admission, applicants must:

EITHERhave obtained a degree of this University or have obtained a degree which is accepted

317

by the University as an appropriate qualification or possess qualifications accepted bythe University as equivalent to the foregoing:or satisfy mature entry requirements. Persons who are at least 25 years of age on the firstday of the academic year in which admission is sought and who are not eligible undereither the Normal or Special Entry Regulations may apply for Mature Entry. Applicantsmust have passed at least 5 subjects, including English Language at ‘O’ Level and havehad at least 5 years relevant experience in IR approved by the University.

4. PROGRAMME OF STUDYAll students will take 5 courses of which four will be compulsory. Each candidate shallbe required to write 5 papers of 3 hours duration. In addition, a dissertation based ona 6 month attachment will be submitted as a requirement of the programme.

4.1 CoursesCompulsory Courses:Code CourseIRD101 Introduction to Industrial RelationsIRD102 Labour Law and Collective BargainingIRD103 Labour EconomicsIRD104 Research MethodsOptional CoursesIRD105 Gender and Industrial RelationsIRD106 Human Resources ManagementIRD107 Zimbabwean Labour HistoryIRD108 Comparative Industrial RelationsIRD109 Public Policy and Industrial Relations in ZimbabweCompulsory ProjectIRD260 Dissertation

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION5.1 Each candidate will be examined on the basis of performance in coursework, written

examinations and a field project. The weighting to be used for the final overallassessment shall be as follows:Coursework 20%Written examination 60%Dissertation 20%

5.2 The Dissertation (IRD260) must be submitted not later than 30th March in the secondyear of study.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONSupplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Regulations.

7. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DIPLOMAResults shall be published and Diplomas awarded in accordance with the provisions of theGeneral Regulations.

318

8. SYLLABUSESIn terms of the provisions of the General Regulations, syllabuses for subjects and courses donot form part of the regulations but shall be submitted to the Institute of Development StudiesAcademic Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in theInstitute Office for reference.

319

ANSTED SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY

REGULATIONS FOR CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCEDEGREE IN APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY.

1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe’s

General Academic Regulations.1.2 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations.1.3 The Senate shall reserve the right to alter, cancel, suspend or replace any of these

regulations.1.4 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall

not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by thestudent, except that where a student would not be able to complete a programme withinthe minimum period as prescribed in the regulations that student will normally berequired to change to the subsequent set of regulations.

1.5 The General Academic regulations shall apply on relevant issues, where the AnstedRegulations are not explicit.

2. DEFINITION OF TERMSIn these Regulations, the following shall be used as describedAssignment: means a written or practical exercise to be submitted by a student for

assessment as a component of the continuous assessment requirements for acourse as prescribed in the relevant programme regulations.

Course: means a separately examinable component of a subject.Credit: means the sum of the course units of the courses a student has passed in a

specified programme.Programme: means a plan of study which, on successful completion, leads to the award of

a certificate, diploma or degreeProject: means research, design, artistic or practical work undertaken by a student,

either as a course or part of a course which may, depending on the academicregulations for the programme for which she or he is registered, be presentedin the form of a dissertation or report, a script, or work, a model, a design, avisual or oral recording, in an appropriate digital or other electronic format,or in such form as may be designated in the regulations for specific programmeof study.

3. LEARNING OPPORTUNITIESThe learning opportunities provided in a programme shall involve the following methods asappropriate.3.1 Lectures

In this session, an academic staff member will formally present course material tostudents and will set the basis for further independent study.

320

3.2 TutorialThis provides students with the opportunity to work with or without assistance, whetherindividually or in groups

3.3 Laboratory/Practical SessionThere will be Software Engineering, Network Engineering, and Hardware laboratoriesas required.

3.4 Staff/Student ConsultationsEach academic staff member is available for consultations with an individual student.The aim of these consultations is not to provide remedial assistance with subjectcontent but to review the student’s approach to independent learning in areas where he/she has experienced difficulty.

3.5 Individual/Team ProjectA project is intended to integrate the skills and knowledge that students have acquiredduring the development of various courses.

4 ASSESSMENT4.1 Assessors may be academic staff members, experts in specialist areas, industry

representatives, peers, the students themselves or combinations of the above.4.2 Assessment of knowledge and skill for a core course is conducted continuously in the

form of tests, assignments and a case study.3.3 Assessments of compulsory courses should be conducted as follows:

4.3.1 two assignments each carrying 10% of the overall mark4.3.2 two tests each carrying 15% of the overall mark4.3.3 one case study contributing 10% of the overall mark4.4.4 end-of-course examination contributing 40% of the overall mark

5. REGULATIONS FOR THE CERTIFICATE IN APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY5.1 Ansted School of Technology (UZ) offers a one year Certificate in Applied Information

Technology as follows:5.1.1 Certificate in Applied Information Technology

(Hardware Engineering)5.1.2 Certificate in Applied Information Technology

(Software Engineering)3.3.3 Certificate in Applied Information Technology

(Network Engineering)5.2 Entry Requirements

Five “O” level subjects with good passes in Science, Mathematics and EnglishLanguage. Preference will be given to a student with relevant “A” level subjects

5.3 Programme StructureThe programme is taught over a period of 30 weeks. This programme consists offoundation courses, compulsory courses and core courses in the area of specialisation.5.3.1 Common foundation courses:Code Course UnitsIntroduction to Computers CAIT 001 (1)Introduction to Operating Systems CAIT 002 (2)Application Software CAIT 003 (2)

321

5.3.2 Common compulsory courses:Code Course UnitsCommunication Skills CAIT 004 (2)Mathematics for Information Technology CAIT 005 (4)Ethics and Professionalism inInformation Technology CAIT 006 (2)Introduction to Business CAIT 007 (2)

5.3.3 Core courses:5.3.3.1 Certificate in Applied Information Technology(Hardware Engineering)Code Course UnitsBasic Electronics CAIT 101 (15)Introduction to Computer Hardware CAIT 102 (15)Computer Peripherals and Components CAIT 103 (15)Computer System Setup CAIT 104 (15)Computer Maintenance and CAIT 105 (15)Troubleshooting CAIT 106 (15)5.3.3.2 Certificate in Applied Information Technology (Software Engineering)Code Course UnitsProgram Specifications CAIT 107 (15)Program and System Design CAIT 108 (15)Programming CAIT 109 (15)Documentation CAIT 110 (10)Project CAIT 111 (20)5.3.3.3 Certificate in Applied Information Technology (Network Engineering)Code Course UnitsElectronics CAIT 112 (5)Introduction to Networking CAIT 113 (10)Network Operating Systems and Protocols CAIT 114 (15)Communication Media and Devices CAIT 115 (15)Network Planning and Installation CAIT 116 (15)Network Maintenance and Documentation CAIT 117 (15)

5.4 Grading for a ProgrammeGrading will be carried out in accordance with the University of Zimbabwe’s GeneralAcademic Regulations.

4.4 ResitsNormally a student is expected to pass an assessment at the first attempt. A student whodoes not pass an initial assessment may be given a maximum of two resits.

5.6 Award of CertificateThe award of a Certificate will be done in accordance with the University of Zimbabwe’sGeneral Academic Regulations

6 REGULATIONS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY6.1 Ansted School of Technology (UZ) offers a one year Diploma in Applied Information

Technology as follows:6.1.1 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Hardware Engineering)

322

6.1.2 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Software Engineering)6.1.3 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Network Engineering)

2.2 Entry RequirementsCertificate in Applied Information Technology with a good pass in the desired area, oran equivalent qualification

2.3 Programme StructureThe programme is taught over a period of 40 weeks. This programme consists ofcompulsory courses and core courses in the area of specialisation.2.3.1 Common compulsory courses:

Code Course UnitsIntroduction to E-Commerce DAIT0 01 (3)Mathematics DAIT0 02 (6)Interpretation of Financial Reports DAIT0 03 (2)Business Entrepreneurship &Management DAIT0 04 (3)Principles of Marketing DAIT0 05 (3)Introduction to Databases DAIT0 06 (3)

6.3.2 Core courses :6.3.2.1 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Hardware Engineering)

Code Course UnitsDigital Electronics DAIT1 01 (10)Computer Bus Systems DAIT 1 02 (10)Microprocessor Technologies DAIT1 03 (15)System Upgrades DAIT1 04 (15)Computer Peripherals DAIT1 05 (10)Interfacing DAIT1 06 (10)Introduction to Computer programming DAIT1 07 (10)Hardware Project DAIT1 08 (20)

6.3.2.2 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Software Engineering)Code Course UnitsData and Risk Management DAIT1 09 (10)Program Specifications DAIT1 10 (15)System Analysis and Design DAIT1 11 (15)Data Structures and Algorithms DAIT1 12 (10)Programming DAIT1 13 (20)System Development Project DAIT1 14 (30)

6.3.2.3 Diploma in Applied Information Technology (Network Engineering)Code Course UnitsTelecommunication Principles DAIT1 15 (10)Advanced Network Planningand Installation DAIT1 16 (10)Network Design and Modeling DAIT1 17 (20)Network Administrationand Management DAIT1 18 (10)Server Administration DAIT1 19 (15)Introduction to Computer Programming DAIT1 20 (10)Network Project DAIT1 21 (25)

323

6.4 Grading for the ProgrammeGrading will be carried out in accordance with the University of Zimbabwe’s GeneralAcademic Regulations

6.5 ResitsNormally a student is expected to pass a course at the first attempt. A student who doesnot pass an initial assessment may be given a maximum of two resits.

6.6 Award of a DiplomaThe award of a Diploma will be done in accordance with the University of Zimbabwe’sGeneral Academic Regulations.

7 REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN APPLIED INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY7.1 Ansted School of Technology (UZ) offers two year Bachelor of Science Degree in

Applied Information Technology spread over two years as follows:7.1.1 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information Technology

(Hardware Engineering)7.1.2 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information Technology (Software

Engineering)7.1.3 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information Technology (Network

Engineering)7.2 Entry Requirements

Diploma in Applied Information Technology with a good pass in the desired area, oran equivalent qualification.

7.3 Programme StructureThe programme is taught over a period of 80 weeks, 40 weeks at level one and 40 weeksat level two. This programme consists of compulsory courses and core courses in thearea of specialisation.7.3.1 Level One

7.3.1.1 Common compulsory courses:Code Course UnitsManagement of Information Systems AIT0 01 (3)Advanced Mathematics & Statistics I AIT0 02 (5)E-Commerce AIT0 03 (3)Artificial Intelligence AIT0 04 (4)Marketing Management & Research AIT0 05 (2)Human Resources Management AIT0 06 (3)

7.3.1.2 Core courses :7.3.1.2.1 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information

Technology (Hardware Engineering)Code Course UnitsAdvanced Digital Electronics AIT 1 01 (10)Logic Design AIT1 02 (10)Introduction to Digital Signal Processin AIT1 03 (10)Microprocessor Systems AIT1 04 (15)

324

Programming in Assembly AIT1 05 (15)Computer System Architecture AIT1 06 (10)Circuit Theory AIT1 07 (5)Hardware Project I AIT1 08 (25)7.3.1.2.2 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied InformationTechnology (Software Engineering)Code Course UnitsDatabase Systems AIT1 09 (10)Programming Languages AIT1 10 (10)Object Oriented Design and Programming AIT1 11 (15)Formal Methods and Specification AIT1 12 (5)Software Systems and Models AIT1 13 (10)Software Engineering Project Management AIT1 14 (10)Systems Analysis and Design AIT1 15 (15)Software Project I AIT1 16 (25)7.3.1.2.3 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied InformationTechnology (Network Engineering)Code Course UnitsAdvanced Telecommunication Principles AIT1 17 (10)Information & Communication Technology AIT1 18 (10)Networking Protocols AIT1 19 (10)Introduction to Network Security AIT1 20 (15)Virtual Private Networks AIT1 21 (15)Advanced Network OperatingSystems I AIT1 22 (10)Networking Project I AIT1 23 (25)

7.3.2 Level Two7.3.2.1 Common compulsory courses:

Code Course UnitsAdvanced Mathematics & Statistics II AIT2 01 (5)Information Retrieval AIT2 02 (2)Distributed Computing AIT2 03 (3)Neural Networks AIT2 04 (3)Simulation and Modeling AIT2 05 (3)Strategic Management AIT2 06 (2)Operations Research AIT2 07 (2)

7.3.2.2 Core courses:7.3.2.2.1 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied InformationTechnology (Hardware Engineering)Code Course UnitsParallel Processing AIT2 08 (10)Microcontrollers AIT2 09 (15)Digital Coding Techniques AIT2 10 (10)Robotics AIT2 11 (5)Communication Systems AIT2 12 (10)Trends in Systems Design AIT2 13 (10)

325

Advanced ComputerAssembly & Troubleshooting AIT2 14 (15)Hardware Project II AIT2 15 (25)

7.2.2.2.2Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information Technology(Software Engineering)Code Course UnitsDesign and Analysis of Algorithms AIT2 16 (15)Compiler Techniques AIT2 17 (15)Advanced Algorithms AIT2 18 (10)Software Tools and CASE AIT2 19 (10)Advanced DatabaseManagement Systems AIT2 20 (15)Business Application Development AIT2 21 (10)Software Project II AIT2 22 (25)

2.2.2.2.3 Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Information Technology(Network Engineering)Code Course UnitsWireless Networks andMobile Computing AIT2 23 (15)Cryptography and Network Security AIT2 24 (15)Advanced Network Architectures AIT2 25 (10)Advanced Network Management AIT2 26 (10)Trends in Networking Topologies AIT2 27 (10)Advanced Network OperatingSystems II AIT2 28 (15)Networking Project II AIT2 30 (25)

2.3 AssessmentAssessment will be carried out in accordance with the University ofZimbabwe’s General Academic Regulations

2.4 Grading for the ProgrammeGrading will be carried out in accordance with the University of Zimbabwe’s GeneralAcademic Regulations

2.5 Award of a Bachelor of Science DegreeThe award of a Degree will be done in accordance with the University ofZimbabwe’s General Academic Regulations

150

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES

1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS1.1. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations

for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations.1.2. The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these Faculty Regulations.

2. DEFINITION OF TERMSApproved First Aid Certificate means any First Aid Certificate duly issued by the Universityof Zimbabwe, St. John Ambulance Services, Zimbabwe Red Cross Society or any otherInstitutions recognized by the Republic of Zimbabwe.Mine Blasting Licence means a mine blasting licence granted in terms of the GovernmentExplosive Regulations.Survey camp means a practical course conducted outside campus for a period of two weeksto afford the student a real practical surveying experience after which he/she is required tosubmit a report for assessment purposes.All other terms are as defined in the General Academic Regulations.

3. PROGRAMMESThe Faculty of Engineering offers the Bachelor of Science Honours degree in the followingSIX disciplinesCivil Engineering;Electrical Engineering;Mechanical Engineering;Metallurgical Engineering;Mining Engineering;Geoinformatics and Surveying.

4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS4.1 Prospective candidates must comply with Section 4 of the General Academic Regulations.4.2 Entry requirements for acceptance are Advanced Level passes in the THREE subjects

Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, or acceptable equivalents.4.3 For Geoinformatics and Surveying an “A” level pass in Geography may be substitute

for an “A” level pass in Chemistry.4.4 Except in the case of Metallurgical Engineering candidates, the Chemistry requirement

may be waived, provided the candidate has a satisfactory pass in Physics with Chemistryat ‘O’ Level.

4.5 For selection purposes, preference will be given for ‘O’ and ‘A’ Level passes inTechnical Drawing and/or Computer Science.

151

5. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES5.1 The minimum duration of the Bachelor of Science honours degree in Engineering shall

be 8 semesters.5.2 The programme is taught and examined at 4 levels of study. For each subject, there are

prescribed courses for each level of study.5.3 Courses are designated as core or optional.5.4 To successfully complete the programme, a student must accumulate a minimum of 120

course credits at each of the 4 levels of study taken from the prescribed list for each ofthe major subjects.

5.5 Normally, a student may not register for courses worth more than 140 course units in anacademic year.

5.6 In the case of Mining Engineering degree, a student must successfully complete a periodof industrial attachment the duration of which shall not be less than 36 weeks. In addition,to be awarded a degree in Mining Engineering, a student must have obtained an approvedFirst Aid certificate generally during the first four weeks of the attachment and a MineBlasting licence by the end of first semester of Level IV.

5.7 At each of the levels of study 3 and 4, a student shall undertake a project or projects worth20 and 40 course units respectively, and submit project reports for assessment beforethe date specified by the Departmental Board, failure of which will lead to a penalty beingimposed.

5.8 A student who fails a core course shall repeat that course. A student who fails a requiredoptional course may repeat that course or take an equivalent course specified in thesubject regulations.

5.9 A student who is allowed to proceed with his studies but having failed courses at a givenlevel of study is allowed to register for higher level courses provided he/she has passedthe prerequisites for the courses and does not exceed the maximum allowed course unitsin that year of study. Repeat courses take priority over any other courses should there bea clash on the timetable.

5.10 A course shall normally have four lecture hours and three tutorial/laboratory hours perweek except for Engineering Drawing and Design which has five lecture hours and fivetutorial hours per week.

6. EXAMINATIONS6.1 End of course examination shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.6.2 Unless specified otherwise in the subject regulations, a written examination of a course

is of 3 hours duration.

7. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES7.1 Assessment of a Course shall include the mark of the examination as well as the

continuous assessment mark in that Course. Normally, the continuous assessment shallcontribute between 20% and 33% of the final mark except for the Drawing and Designcourses in Mechanical Engineering, Communication Skills for Engineers and RenewableEnergy Engineering 4 where it contributes between 30% and 50% of the final mark.

7.2 A student who attains a mark less than 40% in the continuous assessment fails the course.The mark for the course shall be the lesser of the raw mark and 48%.

152

8. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTSExamination results shall be processed as prescribed by General Academic Regulations.

9. DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS9.1 Determination of examination results

9.1.1 The determination of the results for each student will be in accordance with theGeneral Academic Regulations.

9.1.2 In determining the degree classification, the aggregate marks from Levels 2, 3,and 4 will be weighted in the following ratios to arrive at the final overall markfor classification of each of the degrees indicated:•20%, 30% and 50% (Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, MechanicalEngineering, Metallurgical Engineering, Geoinformatics and Surveying)•30%, 30% and 40% (Mining Engineering)

9.1.3 A candidate who qualifies for the award of a degree but having completed Levels2, 3 and 4 in more than 6 semesters shall normally be awarded the degree in theThird Class division, irrespective of the final overall mark.

9.2 Award of the degreeThe degree shall be awarded in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.

9.3 Special regulations for each subject9.3.1 Level 1 courses for all subjects

The following are common core courses to be taken by a student:CSEN101* Communication Skills for Engineers 10EE103 Computer Science for Engineers 15EE101 Electrical Principles 15ME103 Engineering Machines 15MT104 Engineering Mathematics 1 Paper 1 10MT105 Engineering Mathematics 1 Paper 2 10A student registered for the Electrical, Civil, Mechanical,Metallurgy and Mining degree shall take the followingadditional core coursesME101 Engineering Drawing and Design 20MG101 Engineering Materials 15WSP180 Workshop Practice 10A student registered for the Geoinformatics and Surveyingdegree shall take the following additional core coursesSV101 Surveying 15SV105 Environmental Studies 15SV106** Basic Mapping 15* Assessment of the course CSEN101 (Communication Skillsfor Engineers) will be 50% Continuous Assessment and 50%Examination the duration of which shall be 2 hours.**The duration of the examination for the course SV106(Basic Mapping) shall be 2 hours.

9.3.2 Level 2 courses

153

Civil EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode unitsCE201 Theory of Structures ME101 15CE202 Fluid Mechanics 15CE203 Engineering Surveying 15CE204 Geomechanics 15CE205 Strength of Materials 15CE206 Civil Engineering Design and

Communication ME101 15GL204 Engineering Geology 10MT204 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2 MT105 10

Electrical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and ONE optional courseCore coursesEE201 Electrical Circuit Design EE101 15EE202 Electrical Machines EE101 15EE203 Electrical Principles EE101 15EE204 Electrical Measurements EE101 15EE206 Digital Electronics EE101 15EE207 Software Engineering EE101 15MT204 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2 MT105 10Optional coursesME201 Applied Mechanics ME103 15ME204 Thermo Fluids ME103 15

Mechanical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and ONE optional course.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode unitsME201 Applied Mechanics ME103 15ME202 Solid Mechanics ME103 15ME203* Engineering Drawing and Design ME101 15ME204 Thermo-Fluids 15ME205 Engineering Materials 15ME206 Manufacturing Technology 15MT204 Engineering Mathematic 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematic 2 Paper 2 MT105 10Optional coursesEE202 Electrical Machines EE101 15EE201 Electronic Circuit Design EE101 15* Continuous assessment shall normally contribute 30%-50% of the final mark.

154

Metallurgical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CoursCode UnitsCH101 Chemistry 1(Paper 1) 10CH102 Chemistry 1 (Paper 2) 10CH105 Chemistry for Metallurgists 10GL204 Geology for Engineers 15ME202 Solid Mechanics ME102 15MIE203 Engineering in the National Economy 10MG203 Metallurgical Principles 15MG205 Heat Transfer and Mass Transport 15MT204 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2 MT105 10

Mining EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsEE202 Electrical Machines EE101 15ME204 Thermofluids 15MIE207 Surface Mining Technology 15MIE208 Underground Mining Technology 15MIE211 Rock & Soil Mechanics 10MIE216 Information and Communication Technology 10MT204 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2 MT105 10GL206 Fundamentals of Geology 10MIE203 Engineering in the National Economy 10

Geoinformatics and SurveyingA student shall take ALL the core courses.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsMT204 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 MT104 10MT205 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2 MT105 10SV203 Adjustment Computation 15SV205 Surveying SV101 15SV207 Basic Cartography SV106 15SV208 Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing SV260 15SV209 Engineering Surveying SV101 15SV210* Information Technology & Programming 10SV260** Survey Camp 1 SV101 15* New Code** Assessment on basis of contact during Camp, calculations, written reports anddrawings.

155

9.3.3 Level 3 coursesCivil EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and may be allowed to take the optionalcourse as an additional course.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsCE301 Analysis of Structures CE201 10CE302 Design of Structures CE201 10CE304 Geotechnology CE204 10CE306 Construction Materials CE201 10CE307 Transportation Systems and Structures CE204 10CE308 Water and Public Health Engineering CE202 10CE310 Water Resources CE202 10CE311 Civil Engineering Construction 10CE309 Professional & Industrial Studies 10CE313 Professional & Industrial Studies 10CE360 Project 1 20Optional courseME301 Renewable Energy Engineering 10

Electrical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and ONE optional course.Core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsEE302 Analogue Electronics EE201 10EE303 Control Systems MT204/205 10EE304 Digital Electronics EE206 10EE305 Electrical Machines EE202 10EE307 Electrical Power Systems EE203 10EE308 Electromagnetics EE203 10EE310 Telecommunications EE203 10EE312 Microprocessor Fundamentals EE206 10EE309 Professional & Industrial Studies 10EE313 Professional & Industrial Studies 10EE360 Project 1 20Optional coursesEE311 Electronic Instrumentation EE204 10ME301 Renewable Energy Engineering 10EE306 Electrical Networks EE203 10

Mechanical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and ONE optional course.Core courses

156

Course Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsME303 Dynamics ME201 &MT204/5 10ME304 Fluid Mechanics ME204 10ME305 Industrial Systems Engineering MT204/205 10ME306* Mechanical Engineering Design ME203 10ME307 Process Engineering ME204 10ME308 Solid Mechanics ME202 &MT204/5 10ME309 Thermodynamics &Heat Transfer ME204 10ME309 Professional & Industrial Studies 10ME313 Professional & Industrial Studies 10ME360 Project 1 20Optional coursesEE305 Electrical Machines 10EE302 Control Systems MT204/205 10ME311 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 10ME301 Renewable Energy Engineering 10* Coursework shall normally contribute 30%-50% of the assessment mark.

Metallurgical EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core courses and TWO optional coursesCore coursesMG309 Pyrometallurgy (Ferrous) MG203 10MG311 Hydrometallurgy MG203/CH105 10MG 312 Mineral Processing MG203 10MG313 Physical Metallurgy MG203 10MG203 Pyrometallurgy (Non-Ferrous) MG203 10MG308 Chemical Energy and

Environmental Studies 10MG309 Professional & Industrial Studies 10MG313 Professional & Industrial Studies 10MG360 Project 1 20Optional coursesGL310 Ores and Resources 10EE302 Control Systems MT204/5 10ME308 Solid Mechanics ME202 10MG316 Materials Technology 10ME301 Renewable Energy Engineering 10

Mining EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core coursesCore coursesGL 317/8 Mining Geology GL206 10GL 317/8 Mining Geology GL206 10MIE304 Mine Ventilation Practice 10MIE313 Mining Machinery, Materials

Handling and Services 20MIE314 Mine Surveying & GIS 10

157

MIE315 Mine Environmental Management Health and Safety 10MIE360* Industrial Attachment 60*Two copies of the Report must be submitted to the Chairperson.

Geoinformatics and SurveyingA student shall take ALL the core coursesCourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsSV304 Geodesy MT204 10SV305 Surveying SV205 15SV306 Cadastral Surveying SV205 10SV311 Adjustment Computation SV203 10SV317* Digital Mapping & Geographic

Information Systems SV207 15SV316 Astro-Geodetic Systems 10SV314 Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing SV208 15SV360* Survey Camp SV260 15RUP205 Environmental Design 10SV309 Professional and Industrial Studies 10*New code ** Assessment on basis of contact during Camp, calculations,written reports and drawings.

9.3.4 Level 4 coursesCivil EngineeringA student shall take the TWO core courses and FOUR optional coursesCore coursesCE460 Project Design CE360 20CE461 Project Laboratory CE360 20Optional coursesCE401 Analysis of Structures CE301 20CE402 Design of Structures CE302 20CE404 Geotechnology CE304 20CE406 Hydraulic Structures CE310 20CE407 Transportation Systems and Structures CE307 20CE408 Water and Public Health Engineering CE308 20ME404* Renewable Energy Engineering ME301 20*Coursework shall normally contribute 50% of the assessment mark.

Electrical EngineeringA student shall take the core course and FOUR optional coursesCore coursesEE460 Project 2 EE360 40Optional coursesEE403 Control Systems EE303 20EE405 Electrical Machines and Drives EE305 20EE406 Electrical Networks EE306 20

158

EE407 Electrical Power Systems EE307 20EE408 Microwave Engineering EE308 20EE410 Power Electronics EE302 20EE411 Telecommunications EE302/ EE310 20EE412 Digital Signal Processing EE302/ EE310 20EE413 Computer Engineering EE312 20EE414 Telecommunications

Networks & Acoustics EE310 20ME404* Renewable Energy Engineering ME301 20* Coursework shall normally contribute 50% of the assessment mark.

Mechanical EngineeringA student shall take the core course and choose FOUR optional coursesCore courseourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsME460 Project 2 ME360 40Optional coursesEE403 Control Systems EE303 20ME401 Thermo-Fluids ME304/309 20ME403 Dynamics ME303 20ME404* Renewable Energy Engineering ME301 20ME405 Mechanical Engineering Design ME306 20ME406 Solid Mechanics ME308 20ME410 Engineering Management ME309 20ME412 Power Plants 20EE405 Electrical Machines EE305 20*Coursework shall normally contribute 50% of the assessment mark.

Metallurgical EngineeringA student shall take the core course and choose FOUR optional coursesCore courseMG460 Project 2 MG360 40Optional coursesME404* Renewable Energy Engineering ME301 20ME410 Engineering Management 20MG401 Mineral Processing MG312 20MG404 Metallurgy of Iron and Steel MG309 20MG409 Pyrometallurgy Non-Ferrous 20MG412 Hydrometallurgy MG311 20MG413 Physical Metallurgy MG313 20MG414 Materials Technology MG316 20MG415 Corrosion Engineering MG313 20MG416 Advanced Materials MG313 20*Coursework shall normally contribute 50% of the assessment mark

159

Mining EngineeringA student shall take ALL the core coursesCore coursesourse Description Prerequisites CourseCode UnitsMIE405 Mine Design and Planning 15MIE406 Mineral Dressing 10MIE412* Operation Research 15MIE413 Small to Medium Scale Mining Enterprises 10MIE415 Mining Law 15MIE417 Mineral Economics and Management 15MIE460 Project 2 MIE360 40* New code

Geoinformatics and SurveyingA student shall take the core course and choose FOUR optional coursesCore courseSV460 Project 2 SV360 40Optional coursesSV402 Geodesy SV304 20SV405 Land Economics and Management 20SV414 Satellite Geodesy SV304 &SV316 20SV415 Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing SV314 20SV411 Hydrographic Surveying SV305 20SV416 Advanced Engineering Surveying 20SV419* Advanced Geographic

Information Systems SV315 20SV412 Mining Surveying SV315 20SV417 Mathematics MT204 20SV418** Land Law SV306 20* New Code** The examination of the course SV418 (Land Law) shall be of 2 hours duration.

9.3.5 In accordance with General Academic Regulations detailed syllabus for coursesdo not form part of Faculty Regulations but shall be kept in the Faculty Officefor reference.